(mm-inline-media-tests): Add
[emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
blobd4f25661e08869ca28b6ff02a0c28068d203b8ad
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
24 Redisplay.
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
65 X expose events -----+
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
89 Direct operations.
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
110 Desired matrices.
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
149 Frame matrices.
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
242 int tool_bar_button_margin;
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
313 static int this_line_start_x;
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
332 int multiple_frames;
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
377 static int scroll_step;
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
389 int scroll_margin;
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
395 int buffer_shared;
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
405 This variable is deprecated. */
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
439 int update_mode_lines;
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
449 int line_number_displayed;
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
489 int message_buf_print;
491 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
492 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
493 specifying a number of lines. */
495 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
497 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
498 lines instead of being continued. */
500 int message_truncate_lines;
501 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
503 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
504 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
506 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
508 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
509 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
511 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
512 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
513 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
515 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
517 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
519 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
521 int help_echo_showing_p;
523 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
524 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
525 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
527 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
529 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
530 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
531 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
532 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
533 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
535 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
537 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
539 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
540 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
542 int trace_redisplay_p;
544 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
546 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
547 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
548 int trace_move;
550 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
551 #else
552 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
553 #endif
555 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
556 point visible. */
558 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
560 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
562 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
564 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
565 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
566 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
567 become empty. */
569 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
571 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
573 enum prop_handled
575 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
576 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
577 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
578 HANDLED_RETURN
581 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
582 in. */
584 struct props
586 /* The name of the property. */
587 Lisp_Object *name;
589 /* A unique index for the property. */
590 enum prop_idx idx;
592 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
593 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
594 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
597 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
598 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
599 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
600 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
601 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
602 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
604 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
606 static struct props it_props[] =
608 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
609 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
610 `display' need to know the face. */
611 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
612 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
613 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
614 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
615 {NULL, 0, NULL}
618 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
619 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
621 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
623 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
625 enum move_it_result
627 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
628 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
630 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
631 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
633 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
634 MOVE_X_REACHED,
636 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
637 continued. */
638 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
640 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
641 be displayed truncated. */
642 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
644 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
645 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
650 /* Function prototypes. */
652 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
653 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
654 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
655 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
656 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
657 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
658 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
659 struct text_pos));
660 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
661 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
662 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
663 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
664 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
665 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
666 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
667 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
668 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
669 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
670 struct glyph_row *,
671 struct glyph_row *));
672 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
674 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
676 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
677 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
678 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
679 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
680 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
681 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
682 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
683 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
685 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
686 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
687 struct text_pos));
688 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
689 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
691 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
692 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
693 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
694 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
696 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
697 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
698 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
699 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
702 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
704 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
705 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
706 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
707 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
708 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
709 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
710 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
711 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
712 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
713 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
714 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
715 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
716 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
717 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
718 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
719 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
720 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
721 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
722 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
723 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
724 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
725 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
726 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
727 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
729 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
730 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
731 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
732 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
733 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
734 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
738 struct display_pos *));
739 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
740 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
741 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
742 int, int, int));
743 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
745 struct glyph_row *));
746 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
747 struct glyph_row *));
748 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
750 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
751 Lisp_Object, int));
752 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
753 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
754 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
755 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
756 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
757 Lisp_Object));
758 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
759 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
760 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
761 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
762 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
764 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
765 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
767 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
769 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
770 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
771 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
772 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
774 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
777 /***********************************************************************
778 Window display dimensions
779 ***********************************************************************/
781 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
782 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
783 mode line, if any. */
785 INLINE int
786 window_text_bottom_y (w)
787 struct window *w;
789 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
790 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
792 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
793 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
794 return height;
798 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
799 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
800 the left and right of the window. */
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_width (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
807 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
808 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
810 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
812 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
814 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
816 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
817 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
818 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
819 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
821 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
822 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
823 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
824 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
825 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
826 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
829 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
833 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
834 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
836 INLINE int
837 window_box_height (w)
838 struct window *w;
840 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
841 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
843 xassert (height >= 0);
845 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
846 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
847 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
848 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
849 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
853 struct glyph_row *ml_row
854 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
855 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
856 : 0);
857 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
858 height -= ml_row->height;
859 else
860 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
863 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
865 struct glyph_row *hl_row
866 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
867 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
868 : 0);
869 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
870 height -= hl_row->height;
871 else
872 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
875 return height;
879 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
880 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
881 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
882 W. */
884 INLINE int
885 window_box_left (w, area)
886 struct window *w;
887 int area;
889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
890 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
892 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
894 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
895 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
897 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
898 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
899 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
900 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
901 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
904 return x;
908 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
909 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
910 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
911 W. */
913 INLINE int
914 window_box_right (w, area)
915 struct window *w;
916 int area;
918 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
922 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
923 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
924 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
925 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
926 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
927 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
929 INLINE void
930 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
935 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
937 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
938 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
939 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
940 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
941 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
942 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
943 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
947 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
948 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
949 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
950 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
951 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
952 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
953 box. */
955 INLINE void
956 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
957 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
958 struct window *w;
959 int area;
960 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
962 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
963 bottom_right_y);
964 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
965 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
970 /***********************************************************************
971 Utilities
972 ***********************************************************************/
974 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
975 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
976 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
977 and header-lines heights. */
980 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
981 struct window *w;
982 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
984 struct it it;
985 struct text_pos top;
986 int visible_p;
987 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
989 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
991 old_buffer = current_buffer;
992 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
995 *fully = visible_p = 0;
996 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
998 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
999 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1002 current_mode_line_height
1003 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1006 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1007 current_header_line_height
1008 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1009 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1012 start_display (&it, w, top);
1013 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1016 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1017 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1019 int line_height, line_bottom_y;
1020 int line_top_y = it.current_y;
1021 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1023 line_height = it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
1024 if (line_height == 0)
1026 if (last_height)
1027 line_height = last_height;
1028 else if (charpos < ZV)
1030 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
1031 line_height = (it.max_ascent || it.max_descent
1032 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
1033 : last_height);
1035 else
1037 /* Use the default character height. */
1038 it.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1039 it.c = ' ';
1040 it.len = 1;
1041 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
1042 line_height = it.ascent + it.descent;
1045 line_bottom_y = line_top_y + line_height;
1047 if (line_top_y < window_top_y)
1048 visible_p = line_bottom_y > window_top_y;
1049 else if (line_top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1051 visible_p = 1;
1052 *fully = line_bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1055 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1057 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1058 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1060 visible_p = 1;
1061 *fully = 0;
1065 if (old_buffer)
1066 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1068 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1069 return visible_p;
1073 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1074 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1075 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1076 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1077 character. */
1079 static INLINE int
1080 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1081 unsigned char *str;
1082 int maxlen, *len;
1084 int c;
1086 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1087 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1088 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1089 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1090 characters. */
1091 c = '?';
1093 return c;
1098 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1099 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1101 static struct text_pos
1102 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1103 struct text_pos pos;
1104 Lisp_Object string;
1105 int nchars;
1107 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1109 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1111 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1112 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1113 int len;
1115 while (nchars--)
1117 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1118 p += len, rest -= len;
1119 xassert (rest >= 0);
1120 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1121 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1124 else
1125 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1127 return pos;
1131 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1132 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1134 static INLINE struct text_pos
1135 string_pos (charpos, string)
1136 int charpos;
1137 Lisp_Object string;
1139 struct text_pos pos;
1140 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1141 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1142 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1143 return pos;
1147 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1148 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1149 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1151 static struct text_pos
1152 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1153 int charpos;
1154 unsigned char *s;
1155 int multibyte_p;
1157 struct text_pos pos;
1159 xassert (s != NULL);
1160 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1162 if (multibyte_p)
1164 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1166 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1167 while (charpos--)
1169 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1170 s += len, rest -= len;
1171 xassert (rest >= 0);
1172 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1173 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1176 else
1177 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1179 return pos;
1183 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1184 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1186 static int
1187 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1188 unsigned char *s;
1189 int multibyte_p;
1191 int nchars;
1193 if (multibyte_p)
1195 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1196 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1198 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1200 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1201 rest -= len, p += len;
1204 else
1205 nchars = strlen (s);
1207 return nchars;
1211 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1212 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1213 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1215 static void
1216 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1217 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1218 Lisp_Object string;
1220 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1221 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1223 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1224 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1225 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1226 else
1227 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1232 /***********************************************************************
1233 Lisp form evaluation
1234 ***********************************************************************/
1236 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1238 static Lisp_Object
1239 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1240 Lisp_Object arg;
1242 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1243 return Qnil;
1247 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1248 wrong. */
1250 Lisp_Object
1251 safe_eval (sexpr)
1252 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1254 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1255 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1256 Lisp_Object val;
1258 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1259 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1260 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1261 UNGCPRO;
1262 return unbind_to (count, val);
1266 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1267 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1269 Lisp_Object
1270 safe_call (nargs, args)
1271 int nargs;
1272 Lisp_Object *args;
1274 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1275 Lisp_Object val;
1276 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1278 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1279 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1280 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1281 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1282 safe_eval_handler);
1283 UNGCPRO;
1284 return unbind_to (count, val);
1288 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1289 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1291 Lisp_Object
1292 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1293 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1295 Lisp_Object args[2];
1296 args[0] = fn;
1297 args[1] = arg;
1298 return safe_call (2, args);
1303 /***********************************************************************
1304 Debugging
1305 ***********************************************************************/
1307 #if 0
1309 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1310 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1312 static void
1313 check_it (it)
1314 struct it *it;
1316 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1318 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1319 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1321 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1323 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1324 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1327 if (it->dpvec)
1328 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1329 else
1330 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1333 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1335 #else /* not 0 */
1337 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1339 #endif /* not 0 */
1342 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1344 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1345 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1347 static void
1348 check_window_end (w)
1349 struct window *w;
1351 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1352 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1354 struct glyph_row *row;
1355 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1356 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1357 !row->enabled_p
1358 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1359 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1363 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1365 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1367 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1369 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1373 /***********************************************************************
1374 Iterator initialization
1375 ***********************************************************************/
1377 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1378 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1379 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1380 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1381 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1383 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1384 will produce glyphs in that row.
1386 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1387 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1388 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1389 displaying the tool-bar.
1391 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1392 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1393 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1395 void
1396 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1397 struct it *it;
1398 struct window *w;
1399 int charpos, bytepos;
1400 struct glyph_row *row;
1401 enum face_id base_face_id;
1403 int highlight_region_p;
1405 /* Some precondition checks. */
1406 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1407 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1409 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1410 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1411 that might have changed. */
1412 if (face_change_count)
1414 face_change_count = 0;
1415 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1418 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1419 appropriate. */
1420 if (row == NULL)
1422 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1423 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1424 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1425 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1428 /* Clear IT. */
1429 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1430 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1431 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1432 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1434 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1435 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1436 it->w = w;
1437 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1439 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1440 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1441 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1443 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1444 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1445 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1446 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1449 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1450 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1451 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1452 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1453 if (
1454 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1455 noninteractive &&
1456 #endif
1457 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1458 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1459 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1460 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1462 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1463 it->space_width = Qnil;
1464 it->font_height = Qnil;
1466 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1467 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1469 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1470 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1471 invisible. */
1472 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1473 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1474 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1475 ? -1 : 0));
1476 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1477 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1479 /* Display table to use. */
1480 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1482 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1483 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1485 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1486 highlight_region_p
1487 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1488 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1489 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1491 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1492 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1493 -1 to indicate no region. */
1494 if (highlight_region_p
1495 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1496 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1497 highlight_nonselected_windows
1498 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1499 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1500 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1501 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1502 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1503 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1505 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1506 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1507 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1509 else
1510 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1512 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1513 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1514 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1515 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1516 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1517 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1518 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1519 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1521 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1522 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1523 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1524 it->tab_width = 8;
1526 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1527 it->truncate_lines_p
1528 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1529 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1530 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1531 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1532 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1534 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1535 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1536 frames. */
1537 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1539 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1541 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1542 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1543 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1544 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1546 else
1548 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1549 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1550 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1551 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1554 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1555 above has changed them. */
1556 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1557 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1560 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1561 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1562 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1563 it->glyph_row = row;
1564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1566 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1567 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1568 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1569 start of this total display area. */
1570 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1572 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1573 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1574 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1576 else
1578 it->first_visible_x
1579 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1580 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1581 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1583 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1584 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1585 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1586 for window-based redisplay. */
1587 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1589 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1590 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1591 else
1592 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1595 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1596 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1599 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1600 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1601 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1602 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1604 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1606 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1607 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1608 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1610 struct face *face;
1612 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1614 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1615 with a left box line. */
1616 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1617 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1618 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1621 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1622 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1623 if (charpos > 0)
1625 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1626 it->face_id = -1;
1627 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1629 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1630 if (bytepos <= 0)
1631 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1632 else
1633 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1635 /* Compute faces etc. */
1636 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1639 CHECK_IT (it);
1643 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1645 void
1646 start_display (it, w, pos)
1647 struct it *it;
1648 struct window *w;
1649 struct text_pos pos;
1651 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1652 struct glyph_row *row;
1653 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1654 int first_y;
1656 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1657 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1658 first_y = it->current_y;
1660 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1661 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1662 account. */
1663 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1664 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1665 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1666 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1668 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1669 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1670 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1672 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1674 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1675 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1676 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1677 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1678 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1679 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1681 if (it->current_x > 0)
1683 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1684 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1686 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1687 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1690 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1693 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1694 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1695 fields in the iterator structure. */
1696 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1697 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1700 it->current_y = first_y;
1701 it->vpos = 0;
1702 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1705 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1706 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1707 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1709 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1710 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1711 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1712 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1713 #endif /* 0 */
1717 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1718 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1719 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1721 static void
1722 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1723 struct it *it;
1724 struct window *w;
1725 struct display_pos *pos;
1727 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1728 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1729 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1730 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1731 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1732 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1733 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1734 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1735 after-string. */
1736 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1737 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1739 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1740 the right overlay string. */
1741 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1743 int relative_index;
1745 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1746 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1747 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1748 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1750 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1751 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1752 while (n--)
1754 load_overlay_strings (it);
1755 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1759 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1760 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1761 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1762 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1763 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1764 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1765 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1767 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1769 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1770 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1771 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1772 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1773 while (it->sp)
1774 pop_it (it);
1775 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1776 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1777 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1778 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1781 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1783 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1784 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1785 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1786 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1787 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1790 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1791 character translations. */
1792 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1794 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1795 get_next_display_element (it);
1796 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1797 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1800 CHECK_IT (it);
1804 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1805 starting at ROW->start. */
1807 static void
1808 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1809 struct it *it;
1810 struct window *w;
1811 struct glyph_row *row;
1813 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1814 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1815 CHECK_IT (it);
1819 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1820 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1822 static void
1823 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1824 struct it *it;
1825 struct window *w;
1826 struct glyph_row *row;
1828 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1830 if (row->continued_p)
1831 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1832 + row->pixel_width);
1833 CHECK_IT (it);
1839 /***********************************************************************
1840 Text properties
1841 ***********************************************************************/
1843 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1844 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1845 to stop. */
1847 static void
1848 handle_stop (it)
1849 struct it *it;
1851 enum prop_handled handled;
1852 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1853 struct props *p;
1855 it->dpvec = NULL;
1856 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1860 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1862 /* Call text property handlers. */
1863 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1865 handled = p->handler (it);
1867 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1868 break;
1869 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1870 return;
1871 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1872 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1875 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1877 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1878 characters from a display vector. */
1879 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1880 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1882 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1883 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1884 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1886 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1887 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1888 compute_stop_pos (it);
1891 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1895 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1896 information for IT's current position. */
1898 static void
1899 compute_stop_pos (it)
1900 struct it *it;
1902 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1903 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1905 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1906 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1908 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1910 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1911 properties. */
1912 object = it->string;
1913 limit = Qnil;
1914 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1916 else
1918 int charpos;
1920 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1921 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1922 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1923 follows. */
1924 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1925 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1926 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1928 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1929 start or end because the face might change there. */
1930 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1932 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1933 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1934 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1935 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1938 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1939 property changes. */
1940 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1941 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1942 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1946 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1947 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1948 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1949 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1951 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1952 struct props *p;
1954 /* Get properties here. */
1955 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1956 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1958 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1959 properties. */
1960 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1961 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1962 && (NILP (limit)
1963 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1964 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1966 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1968 Lisp_Object new_value;
1970 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1971 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1972 break;
1975 if (p->handler)
1976 break;
1979 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1981 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1982 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1983 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1984 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1985 else
1986 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1987 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1991 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1992 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1993 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1997 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1998 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1999 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2000 xmalloc. */
2002 static int
2003 next_overlay_change (pos)
2004 int pos;
2006 int noverlays;
2007 int endpos;
2008 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2009 int len;
2010 int i;
2012 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2013 len = 10;
2014 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2015 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2016 if (noverlays > len)
2018 len = noverlays;
2019 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2020 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2023 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2024 use its ending point instead. */
2025 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2027 Lisp_Object oend;
2028 int oendpos;
2030 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2031 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2032 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2035 return endpos;
2040 /***********************************************************************
2041 Fontification
2042 ***********************************************************************/
2044 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2045 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2046 regions of text. */
2048 static enum prop_handled
2049 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2050 struct it *it;
2052 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2053 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2055 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2056 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2057 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2058 Qfontification_functions. */
2059 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2060 && it->s == NULL
2061 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2062 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2063 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2064 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2065 NILP (prop)))
2067 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2068 Lisp_Object val;
2070 val = Vfontification_functions;
2071 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2072 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2074 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2075 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2076 else
2078 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2079 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2081 globals = Qnil;
2082 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2084 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2086 fn = XCAR (val);
2088 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2090 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2091 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2092 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2093 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2094 loop. */
2095 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2096 CONSP (globals);
2097 globals = XCDR (globals))
2099 fn = XCAR (globals);
2100 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2101 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2104 else
2105 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2108 UNGCPRO;
2111 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2113 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2114 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2115 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2116 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2117 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2120 return handled;
2125 /***********************************************************************
2126 Faces
2127 ***********************************************************************/
2129 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2130 Called from handle_stop. */
2132 static enum prop_handled
2133 handle_face_prop (it)
2134 struct it *it;
2136 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2138 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2140 new_face_id
2141 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2142 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2143 it->region_beg_charpos,
2144 it->region_end_charpos,
2145 &next_stop,
2146 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2147 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2150 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2151 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2152 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2153 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2154 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2155 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2156 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2158 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2160 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2161 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2162 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2163 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2164 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2165 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2166 it->start_of_box_run_p
2167 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2168 && (it->face_id >= 0
2169 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2170 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2171 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2174 else
2176 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2178 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2179 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2180 else
2181 bufpos = 0;
2183 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2184 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2185 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2186 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2187 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2188 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2190 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2191 it->string,
2192 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2193 bufpos,
2194 it->region_beg_charpos,
2195 it->region_end_charpos,
2196 &next_stop,
2197 base_face_id);
2199 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2200 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2201 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2202 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2203 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2204 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2205 #endif
2207 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2208 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2209 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2210 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2211 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2212 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2213 is really the end. */
2214 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2216 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2217 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2219 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2220 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2221 shadow on the left side. */
2222 it->start_of_box_run_p
2223 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2224 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2228 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2229 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2233 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2234 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2235 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2236 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2238 static int
2239 underlying_face_id (it)
2240 struct it *it;
2242 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2244 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2246 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2247 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2248 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2250 return face_id;
2254 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2255 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2256 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2258 static int
2259 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2260 struct it *it;
2261 int before_p;
2263 int face_id, limit;
2264 int next_check_charpos;
2265 struct text_pos pos;
2267 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2269 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2271 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2273 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2274 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2275 string start. */
2276 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2277 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2278 return it->face_id;
2280 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2281 if (before_p)
2282 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2283 else
2284 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2285 composition. */
2286 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2287 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2288 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2290 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2291 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2292 else
2293 bufpos = 0;
2295 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2297 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2298 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2299 it->string,
2300 CHARPOS (pos),
2301 bufpos,
2302 it->region_beg_charpos,
2303 it->region_end_charpos,
2304 &next_check_charpos,
2305 base_face_id);
2307 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2308 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2309 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2310 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2312 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2313 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2314 int c, len;
2315 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2317 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2318 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2321 else
2323 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2324 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2325 return it->face_id;
2327 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2328 pos = it->current.pos;
2330 if (before_p)
2331 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2332 else
2334 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2335 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2336 composition. */
2337 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2338 else
2339 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2342 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2343 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2344 CHARPOS (pos),
2345 it->region_beg_charpos,
2346 it->region_end_charpos,
2347 &next_check_charpos,
2348 limit, 0);
2350 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2351 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2352 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2353 if (it->multibyte_p)
2355 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2356 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2357 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2361 return face_id;
2366 /***********************************************************************
2367 Invisible text
2368 ***********************************************************************/
2370 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2371 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2373 static enum prop_handled
2374 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2375 struct it *it;
2377 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2379 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2381 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2382 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2384 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2385 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2386 property. */
2387 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2388 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2390 if (!NILP (prop)
2391 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2393 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2395 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2396 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2397 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2398 all the rest of IT->string. */
2399 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2400 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2401 it->string, limit);
2403 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2404 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2405 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2406 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2407 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2409 struct text_pos old;
2410 old = it->current.string_pos;
2411 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2412 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2414 else
2416 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2417 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2418 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2419 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2421 next_overlay_string (it);
2422 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2423 finished processing them. */
2424 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2426 else
2428 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2429 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2430 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2435 else
2437 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2438 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2440 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2441 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2442 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2444 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2445 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2446 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2448 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2449 invisible text. */
2450 int display_ellipsis_p
2451 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2453 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2455 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2456 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2459 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2460 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2461 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2462 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2463 invisible property. */
2464 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2465 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2467 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2468 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2469 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2470 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2471 visible_p = 1;
2472 else
2474 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2475 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2476 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2477 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2478 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2479 newpos is visible. */
2480 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2481 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2482 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2485 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2486 skip starting with next_stop. */
2487 if (!visible_p)
2488 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2490 while (!visible_p);
2492 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2493 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2494 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2496 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2497 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2499 if (it->dp
2500 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2502 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2503 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2504 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2506 else
2508 /* Default `...'. */
2509 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2510 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2513 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2514 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2515 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2516 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2518 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2519 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2524 return handled;
2529 /***********************************************************************
2530 'display' property
2531 ***********************************************************************/
2533 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2534 Called from handle_stop. */
2536 static enum prop_handled
2537 handle_display_prop (it)
2538 struct it *it;
2540 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2541 struct text_pos *position;
2542 int space_or_image_found_p;
2544 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2546 object = it->string;
2547 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2549 else
2551 object = Qnil;
2552 position = &it->current.pos;
2555 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2556 it->font_height = Qnil;
2557 it->space_width = Qnil;
2558 it->voffset = 0;
2560 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2561 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2562 `display' property etc. */
2563 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2566 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2567 Qdisplay, object);
2568 if (NILP (prop))
2569 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2571 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2572 if (CONSP (prop)
2573 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2574 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2576 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2577 while (CONSP (prop))
2579 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2580 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2581 prop = XCDR (prop);
2584 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2586 int i;
2587 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2588 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2589 object, position))
2590 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2592 else
2594 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2595 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2598 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2602 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2603 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2605 static struct text_pos
2606 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2607 struct it *it;
2608 Lisp_Object object;
2609 struct text_pos start_pos;
2611 Lisp_Object end;
2612 struct text_pos end_pos;
2614 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2615 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2616 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2617 if (STRINGP (object))
2618 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2619 else
2620 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2622 return end_pos;
2626 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2627 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2628 is the position at which it was found.
2630 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2631 end position of the `display' property.
2633 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2635 static int
2636 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2637 struct it *it;
2638 Lisp_Object prop;
2639 Lisp_Object object;
2640 struct text_pos *position;
2642 Lisp_Object value;
2643 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2644 Lisp_Object form;
2646 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2647 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2648 form = Qt;
2649 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2651 prop = XCDR (prop);
2652 if (!CONSP (prop))
2653 return 0;
2654 form = XCAR (prop);
2655 prop = XCDR (prop);
2658 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2660 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2661 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2663 GCPRO1 (form);
2664 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2666 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2667 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2668 if (BUFFERP (object))
2670 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2671 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2672 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2675 form = safe_eval (form);
2677 if (BUFFERP (object))
2678 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2679 UNGCPRO;
2682 if (NILP (form))
2683 return 0;
2685 if (CONSP (prop)
2686 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2687 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2689 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2690 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2691 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2692 return 0;
2694 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2695 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2696 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2698 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2699 int new_height = -1;
2701 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2702 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2703 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2704 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2705 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2707 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2708 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2709 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2710 steps = - steps;
2711 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2713 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2715 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2716 Value is the new height. */
2717 Lisp_Object height;
2718 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2719 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2720 if (NUMBERP (height))
2721 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2723 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2725 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2726 struct face *face;
2728 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2729 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2730 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2732 else
2734 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2735 current specified height to get the new height. */
2736 Lisp_Object value;
2737 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2739 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2740 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2741 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2743 if (NUMBERP (value))
2744 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2747 if (new_height > 0)
2748 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2751 else if (CONSP (prop)
2752 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2753 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2755 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2756 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2757 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2758 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2759 return 0;
2761 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2762 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2763 it->space_width = value;
2765 else if (CONSP (prop)
2766 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2767 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2769 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2770 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2771 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2772 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2773 return 0;
2775 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2776 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2777 if (NUMBERP (value))
2779 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2780 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2781 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2783 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2785 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2787 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2788 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2789 Lisp_Object location, value;
2790 struct text_pos start_pos;
2791 int valid_p;
2793 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2794 we have to find the end of the property. */
2795 start_pos = *position;
2796 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2797 value = Qnil;
2799 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2800 text properties change there. */
2801 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2803 location = Qunbound;
2804 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2806 Lisp_Object tem;
2808 value = XCDR (prop);
2809 if (CONSP (value))
2810 value = XCAR (value);
2812 tem = XCAR (prop);
2813 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2814 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2815 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2816 (NILP (tem)
2817 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2818 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2819 location = tem;
2822 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2824 location = Qnil;
2825 value = prop;
2828 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2829 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2830 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2831 else
2832 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2833 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2834 || valid_image_p (value));
2835 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2836 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2837 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2839 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2840 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2841 || NILP (location))
2842 && valid_p)
2844 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2846 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2847 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2848 push_it (it);
2850 if (NILP (location))
2851 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2852 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2853 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2854 else
2855 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2857 if (STRINGP (value))
2859 it->string = value;
2860 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2861 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2862 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2863 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2864 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2865 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2866 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2867 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2869 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2871 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2872 it->object = value;
2873 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2875 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2876 else
2878 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2879 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2880 it->position = start_pos;
2881 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2882 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2884 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2885 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2886 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2887 *position = start_pos;
2889 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2891 else
2892 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2893 the position to what it was before. */
2894 *position = start_pos;
2897 return space_or_image_found_p;
2901 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2902 treated as intangible. */
2904 static int
2905 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2906 Lisp_Object prop;
2908 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2909 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2911 prop = XCDR (prop);
2912 if (!CONSP (prop))
2913 return 0;
2914 prop = XCDR (prop);
2917 if (!CONSP (prop))
2918 return 0;
2920 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2921 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2922 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2924 prop = XCDR (prop);
2925 if (!CONSP (prop))
2926 return 0;
2928 prop = XCDR (prop);
2929 if (!CONSP (prop)
2930 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2931 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2932 return 0;
2935 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2939 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2940 treated as intangible. */
2943 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2944 Lisp_Object prop;
2946 if (CONSP (prop)
2947 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2948 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2950 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2951 while (CONSP (prop))
2953 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2954 return 1;
2955 prop = XCDR (prop);
2958 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2960 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2961 int i;
2962 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2963 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2964 return 1;
2966 else
2967 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2969 return 0;
2973 /***********************************************************************
2974 `composition' property
2975 ***********************************************************************/
2977 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2978 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2980 static enum prop_handled
2981 handle_composition_prop (it)
2982 struct it *it;
2984 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2985 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2986 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2988 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2990 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2991 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2992 string = it->string;
2994 else
2996 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2997 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2998 string = Qnil;
3001 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
3002 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
3003 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
3004 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
3005 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3006 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3008 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3010 if (id >= 0)
3012 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3013 it->cmp_id = id;
3014 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3015 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3016 components. */
3017 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3018 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3019 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3020 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3021 it->stop_charpos = end;
3022 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3026 return handled;
3031 /***********************************************************************
3032 Overlay strings
3033 ***********************************************************************/
3035 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3036 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3038 struct overlay_entry
3040 Lisp_Object overlay;
3041 Lisp_Object string;
3042 int priority;
3043 int after_string_p;
3047 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3048 Called from handle_stop. */
3050 static enum prop_handled
3051 handle_overlay_change (it)
3052 struct it *it;
3054 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3055 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3056 else
3057 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3061 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3062 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3063 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3064 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3065 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3066 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3068 static void
3069 next_overlay_string (it)
3070 struct it *it;
3072 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3073 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3075 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3076 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3077 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3078 pop_it (it);
3079 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3080 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3081 it->string = Qnil;
3082 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3083 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3084 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3085 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3087 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3088 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3089 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3090 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3091 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3093 else
3095 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3096 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3097 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3098 it. */
3099 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3101 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3102 load_overlay_strings (it);
3104 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3105 string. */
3106 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3107 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3108 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3109 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3110 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3113 CHECK_IT (it);
3117 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3118 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3119 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3121 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3122 when they come from the same overlay.
3124 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3125 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3127 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3128 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3130 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3133 static int
3134 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3135 void *e1, *e2;
3137 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3138 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3139 int result;
3141 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3143 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3144 they come from different overlays. */
3145 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3146 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3147 else
3148 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3150 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3151 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3152 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3153 else
3154 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3155 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3157 return result;
3161 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3162 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3163 overlay strings found.
3165 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3166 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3167 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3168 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3169 function.
3171 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3172 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3173 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3174 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3175 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3176 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3177 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3178 in this case.
3180 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3181 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3182 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3183 compare_overlay_entries. */
3185 static void
3186 load_overlay_strings (it)
3187 struct it *it;
3189 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3190 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3191 int start, end;
3192 int size = 20;
3193 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3194 struct overlay_entry *entries
3195 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3196 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3198 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3199 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3200 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3201 OVERLAY. */
3202 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3203 do \
3205 Lisp_Object priority; \
3207 if (n == size) \
3209 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3210 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3211 entries = \
3212 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3213 * sizeof *entries); \
3214 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3215 size = new_size; \
3218 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3219 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3220 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3221 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3222 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3223 ++n; \
3225 while (0)
3227 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3228 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3230 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3231 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3232 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3233 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3235 if (end < charpos)
3236 break;
3238 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3239 position. */
3240 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3241 continue;
3243 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3244 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3245 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3246 continue;
3248 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3249 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3250 end position are indistinguishable. */
3251 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3252 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3254 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3255 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3256 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3257 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3258 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3260 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3261 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3262 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3263 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3264 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3267 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3268 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3270 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3271 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3272 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3273 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3275 if (start > charpos)
3276 break;
3278 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3279 position. */
3280 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3281 continue;
3283 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3284 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3285 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3286 continue;
3288 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3289 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3290 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3291 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3293 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3294 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3295 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3296 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3297 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3299 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3300 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3301 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3302 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3303 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3306 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3308 /* Sort entries. */
3309 if (n > 1)
3310 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3312 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3313 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3315 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3316 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3317 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3318 i = 0;
3319 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3320 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3321 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3323 CHECK_IT (it);
3327 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3328 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3329 found. */
3331 static int
3332 get_overlay_strings (it)
3333 struct it *it;
3335 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3336 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3337 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3338 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3339 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3340 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3341 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3342 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3343 load_overlay_strings (it);
3345 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3346 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3347 from current_buffer. */
3348 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3350 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3351 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3352 strings. */
3353 compute_stop_pos (it);
3354 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3356 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3357 strings have been processed. */
3358 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3359 push_it (it);
3361 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3362 string. */
3363 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3364 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3365 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3366 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3367 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3368 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3370 else
3372 it->string = Qnil;
3373 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3374 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3377 CHECK_IT (it);
3379 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3380 return STRINGP (it->string);
3385 /***********************************************************************
3386 Saving and restoring state
3387 ***********************************************************************/
3389 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3390 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3391 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3392 processed. */
3394 static void
3395 push_it (it)
3396 struct it *it;
3398 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3400 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3401 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3403 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3404 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3405 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3406 p->string = it->string;
3407 p->pos = it->current;
3408 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3409 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3410 p->area = it->area;
3411 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3412 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3413 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3414 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3415 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3416 ++it->sp;
3420 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3421 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3422 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3423 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3424 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3426 static void
3427 pop_it (it)
3428 struct it *it;
3430 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3432 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3433 --it->sp;
3434 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3435 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3436 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3437 it->string = p->string;
3438 it->current = p->pos;
3439 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3440 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3441 it->area = p->area;
3442 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3443 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3444 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3445 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3446 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3451 /***********************************************************************
3452 Moving over lines
3453 ***********************************************************************/
3455 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3457 static void
3458 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3459 struct it *it;
3461 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3462 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3466 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3468 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3469 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3470 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3471 of *SKIPPED_P.
3473 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3474 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3475 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3477 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3478 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3479 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3480 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3481 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3482 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3484 static int
3485 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3486 struct it *it;
3487 int *skipped_p;
3489 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3490 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3492 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3493 skipping over invisible text below. */
3494 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n')
3496 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3497 it->c = 0;
3498 return 1;
3501 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3502 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3503 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3504 calls this function. */
3505 old_selective = it->selective;
3506 it->selective = 0;
3508 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3509 from buffer text. */
3510 n = newline_found_p = 0;
3511 while (n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
3512 && get_next_display_element (it)
3513 && !newline_found_p)
3515 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3516 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3517 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3518 ++n;
3521 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3522 short-cut. */
3523 if (!newline_found_p && n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3525 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3526 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3527 Lisp_Object pos;
3529 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3531 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3532 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3533 buffer text. */
3534 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3535 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3536 Qdisplay,
3537 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3538 NILP (pos))
3539 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3541 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3542 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3543 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3545 else
3547 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3548 && !newline_found_p)
3550 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3551 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3556 it->selective = old_selective;
3557 xassert (!newline_found_p || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3558 return newline_found_p;
3562 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3563 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3564 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3565 IT->hpos. */
3567 static void
3568 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3569 struct it *it;
3571 int visible_p = 0;
3573 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3574 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3575 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3577 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3578 or text properties. */
3579 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3580 && !visible_p)
3582 visible_p = 1;
3584 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3585 are invisible. */
3586 if (it->selective > 0
3587 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3588 it->selective))
3589 visible_p = 0;
3590 else
3592 Lisp_Object prop;
3594 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3595 Qinvisible, it->window);
3596 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3597 visible_p = 0;
3600 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3601 if (!visible_p)
3602 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3605 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3606 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3607 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3608 CHECK_IT (it);
3612 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3613 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3614 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3615 face information etc. */
3617 static void
3618 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3619 struct it *it;
3621 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3622 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3623 CHECK_IT (it);
3627 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3628 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3629 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3630 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3631 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3632 is invisible because of text properties. */
3634 static void
3635 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3636 struct it *it;
3637 int on_newline_p;
3639 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3641 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3643 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3644 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3645 if (it->selective > 0)
3646 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3647 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3648 it->selective))
3650 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3651 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3654 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3655 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3657 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3659 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3661 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3662 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3665 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3667 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3668 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3669 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3672 else if (skipped_p)
3673 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3675 CHECK_IT (it);
3680 /***********************************************************************
3681 Changing an iterator's position
3682 ***********************************************************************/
3684 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3685 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3686 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3687 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3689 static void
3690 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3691 struct it *it;
3692 struct text_pos pos;
3693 int force_p;
3695 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3697 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3699 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3700 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3701 if (force_p
3702 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3703 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3704 handle_stop (it);
3706 CHECK_IT (it);
3710 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3711 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3713 static void
3714 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3715 struct it *it;
3716 struct text_pos pos;
3717 int set_stop_p;
3719 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3720 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3722 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3723 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3725 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3726 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3727 it->dpvec = NULL;
3728 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3729 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3730 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3731 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3732 it->string = Qnil;
3733 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3734 it->sp = 0;
3735 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3737 if (set_stop_p)
3738 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3742 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3743 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3744 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3746 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3747 characters from the string.
3749 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3750 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3751 field width.
3753 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3754 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3755 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3757 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3758 calling this function. */
3760 static void
3761 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3762 struct it *it;
3763 unsigned char *s;
3764 Lisp_Object string;
3765 int charpos;
3766 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3768 /* No region in strings. */
3769 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3771 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3772 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3774 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3775 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3776 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3777 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3778 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3780 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3781 if (multibyte >= 0)
3782 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3784 if (s == NULL)
3786 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3787 it->string = string;
3788 it->s = NULL;
3789 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3790 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3791 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3793 else
3795 it->s = s;
3796 it->string = Qnil;
3798 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3799 for displaying C strings. */
3800 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3801 if (it->multibyte_p)
3803 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3804 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3806 else
3808 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3809 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3812 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3815 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3816 from the string. */
3817 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3818 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3820 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3821 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3822 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3823 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3824 if (field_width < 0)
3825 field_width = INFINITY;
3826 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3827 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3829 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3830 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3831 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3833 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3834 CHECK_IT (it);
3839 /***********************************************************************
3840 Iteration
3841 ***********************************************************************/
3843 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3844 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3845 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3848 get_next_display_element (it)
3849 struct it *it;
3851 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3852 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3853 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3854 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3855 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3857 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3859 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3860 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3861 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3862 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3863 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3864 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3865 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3866 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3867 it? */
3868 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3870 Lisp_Object dv;
3872 if (it->dp
3873 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3874 VECTORP (dv)))
3876 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3878 /* Return the first character from the display table
3879 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3880 current character. */
3881 if (v->size)
3883 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3884 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3885 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3886 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3887 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3890 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3893 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3894 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3895 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3896 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3897 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3899 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3900 octal form. */
3901 else if ((it->c < ' '
3902 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3903 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3904 || (it->c >= 127
3905 && it->len == 1)
3906 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3908 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3909 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3910 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3911 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3912 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3913 GLYPH g;
3915 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3917 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3918 if (it->dp
3919 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3920 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3921 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3922 else
3923 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3924 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3926 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3927 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3929 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3930 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3931 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3932 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3933 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3934 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3935 get_next_display_element (it);
3937 else
3939 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3940 int len;
3941 int i;
3942 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3944 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3945 if (it->dp
3946 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3947 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3948 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3949 else
3950 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3952 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3953 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3954 else
3955 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3957 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3959 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3960 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3961 the octal display of the character. */
3962 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3963 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3964 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3965 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3966 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3967 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3970 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3971 from it. */
3972 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3973 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3974 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3975 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3976 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3977 get_next_display_element (it);
3982 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3983 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3984 if (it->multibyte_p
3985 && success_p
3986 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3988 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3989 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3993 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3994 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3995 if (it->face_box_p
3996 && it->s == NULL)
3998 int face_id;
3999 struct face *face;
4001 it->end_of_box_run_p
4002 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
4003 face_id != it->face_id)
4004 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4005 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4008 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4009 return success_p;
4013 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4015 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4016 skip to the next visible line start.
4018 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4019 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4020 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4021 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4022 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4023 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4024 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4025 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4026 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4028 void
4029 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4030 struct it *it;
4031 int reseat_p;
4033 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4034 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4035 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4036 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4038 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4040 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4041 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4042 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4043 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4044 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4045 else
4047 xassert (it->len != 0);
4048 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4049 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4050 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4053 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4055 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4056 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4058 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4059 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4060 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4061 goto consider_string_end;
4063 else
4065 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4066 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4067 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4070 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4072 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4073 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4074 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4076 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4078 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4079 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4080 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4081 strings. */
4082 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4084 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4085 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4086 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4088 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4090 if (it->s)
4091 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4092 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4093 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4094 else
4095 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4097 it->dpvec = NULL;
4098 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4100 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4101 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4102 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4103 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4105 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4106 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4110 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4112 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4113 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4114 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4115 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4117 consider_string_end:
4119 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4121 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4122 next, if there is one. */
4123 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4124 next_overlay_string (it);
4126 else
4128 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4129 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4130 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4131 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4132 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4133 && it->sp > 0)
4135 pop_it (it);
4136 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4137 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4141 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4142 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4144 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4145 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4146 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4147 pop_it (it);
4148 it->image_id = 0;
4149 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4151 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4152 goto consider_string_end;
4154 else
4155 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4157 else
4158 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4159 abort ();
4161 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4162 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4163 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4167 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4168 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4169 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4170 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4172 static int
4173 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4174 struct it *it;
4176 /* Precondition. */
4177 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4179 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4180 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4181 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4183 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4184 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4186 int lface_id;
4187 GLYPH g;
4189 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4190 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4191 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4193 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4194 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4195 zero means no face is specified. */
4196 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4197 if (lface_id)
4199 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4200 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4201 if (face_id >= 0)
4202 it->face_id = face_id;
4205 else
4206 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4207 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4209 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4210 still the values of the character that had this display table
4211 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4212 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4213 return 1;
4217 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4218 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4219 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4220 overlay string. */
4222 static int
4223 next_element_from_string (it)
4224 struct it *it;
4226 struct text_pos position;
4228 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4229 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4230 position = it->current.string_pos;
4232 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4233 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4234 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4236 handle_stop (it);
4238 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4239 recurse here. */
4240 return get_next_display_element (it);
4243 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4245 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4246 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4247 do. */
4248 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4250 it->what = IT_EOB;
4251 return 0;
4253 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4255 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4256 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4257 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4258 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4259 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4261 else
4263 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4264 it->len = 1;
4267 else
4269 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4270 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4271 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4272 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4273 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4275 it->what = IT_EOB;
4276 return 0;
4278 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4280 /* Pad with spaces. */
4281 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4282 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4284 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4286 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4287 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4288 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4289 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4290 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4292 else
4294 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4295 it->len = 1;
4299 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4300 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4301 string position. */
4302 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4303 it->object = it->string;
4304 it->position = position;
4305 return 1;
4309 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4310 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4311 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4312 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4313 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4314 reached, including padding spaces. */
4316 static int
4317 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4318 struct it *it;
4320 int success_p = 1;
4322 xassert (it->s);
4323 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4324 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4325 it->object = Qnil;
4327 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4328 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4329 initialized. */
4330 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4332 /* End of the game. */
4333 it->what = IT_EOB;
4334 success_p = 0;
4336 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4338 /* Pad with spaces. */
4339 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4340 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4342 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4344 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4345 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4346 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4347 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4348 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4349 maxlen, &it->len);
4351 else
4352 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4354 return success_p;
4358 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4359 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4360 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4361 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4363 static int
4364 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4365 struct it *it;
4367 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4369 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4371 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4372 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4373 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4374 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4375 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4376 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4377 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4378 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4380 else
4382 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4383 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4384 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4385 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4386 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4387 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4390 else
4392 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4393 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4394 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4395 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4396 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4397 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4398 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4399 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4402 return get_next_display_element (it);
4406 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4407 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4408 is always 1. */
4411 static int
4412 next_element_from_image (it)
4413 struct it *it;
4415 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4416 return 1;
4420 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4421 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4422 always 1. */
4424 static int
4425 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4426 struct it *it;
4428 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4429 return 1;
4433 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4434 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4435 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4436 end. */
4438 static int
4439 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4440 struct it *it;
4442 int success_p = 1;
4444 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4445 if-statement, below. */
4446 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4447 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4449 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4451 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4453 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4455 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4456 haven't been returned yet. */
4457 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4458 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4459 else
4461 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4462 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4465 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4466 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4467 else
4469 it->what = IT_EOB;
4470 it->position = it->current.pos;
4471 success_p = 0;
4474 else
4476 handle_stop (it);
4477 return get_next_display_element (it);
4480 else
4482 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4483 character from current_buffer. */
4484 unsigned char *p;
4486 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4487 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4488 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4489 && it->glyph_row
4490 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4491 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4493 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4494 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4495 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4497 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4498 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4499 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4501 else
4502 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4504 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4505 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4506 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4507 it->position = it->current.pos;
4509 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4510 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4511 if (it->selective)
4513 if (it->c == '\n')
4515 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4516 than that number of columns. */
4517 if (it->selective > 0
4518 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4519 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4520 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4521 it->selective))
4523 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4524 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4527 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4529 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4530 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4531 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4532 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4533 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4538 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4539 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4540 return success_p;
4544 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4546 static void
4547 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4548 struct it *it;
4550 Lisp_Object args[3];
4552 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4553 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4554 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4556 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4557 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4558 args[1] = it->window;
4559 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4560 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4562 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4563 them again, even if they get an error. */
4564 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4565 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4567 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4568 handle_face_prop (it);
4572 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4573 filled with composition information (done in
4574 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4576 static int
4577 next_element_from_composition (it)
4578 struct it *it;
4580 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4581 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4582 ? it->current.string_pos
4583 : it->current.pos);
4584 return 1;
4589 /***********************************************************************
4590 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4591 ***********************************************************************/
4593 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4594 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4596 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4597 whichever is reached first.
4599 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4601 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4602 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4603 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4604 scrolled.
4606 Value is
4608 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4609 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4611 MOVE_X_REACHED
4612 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4614 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4615 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4616 be continued.
4618 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4619 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4620 truncated.
4622 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4623 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4624 display is on. */
4626 static enum move_it_result
4627 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4628 struct it *it;
4629 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4631 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4632 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4634 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4635 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4636 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4638 while (1)
4640 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4642 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4643 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4644 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4645 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4646 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4648 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4649 break;
4652 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4653 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4654 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4655 fit on the line. */
4656 x = it->current_x;
4658 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4659 fit on the line. */
4660 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4662 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4663 descent = it->max_descent;
4666 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4668 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4670 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4671 continue;
4674 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4675 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4676 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4677 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4678 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4679 composite character.
4681 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4682 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4683 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4684 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4685 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4686 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4687 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4688 next line.
4690 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4691 the same width. */
4692 if (it->nglyphs)
4694 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4695 glyphs have the same width. */
4696 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4697 int new_x;
4699 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4701 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4703 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4704 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4706 it->current_x = x;
4707 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4708 break;
4710 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4711 !it->truncate_lines_p
4712 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4713 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4714 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4715 system frame. */
4716 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4717 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4719 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4720 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4721 it->hpos == 0
4722 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4723 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4725 ++it->hpos;
4726 it->current_x = new_x;
4727 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4728 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4730 else
4732 it->current_x = x;
4733 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4734 it->max_descent = descent;
4737 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4738 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4739 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4740 break;
4742 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4744 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4745 would be displayed. */
4746 ++it->hpos;
4748 else
4750 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4751 area. Nothing to do. */
4755 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4756 break;
4758 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4760 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4761 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4762 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4763 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4764 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4765 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4766 break;
4769 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4770 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4772 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4773 break;
4776 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4777 to the next. */
4778 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4780 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4781 past the right edge of the window now. */
4782 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4783 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4785 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4786 break;
4790 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4791 function. */
4792 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4793 return result;
4797 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4798 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4799 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4801 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4802 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4803 TO_CHARPOS. */
4805 void
4806 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4807 struct it *it;
4808 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4809 int op;
4811 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4812 int line_height;
4813 int reached = 0;
4815 for (;;)
4817 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4819 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4820 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4821 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4823 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4825 reached = 1;
4826 break;
4828 else
4829 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4831 else
4833 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4834 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4835 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4837 reached = 2;
4838 break;
4841 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4843 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4845 reached = 3;
4846 break;
4848 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4850 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4851 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4852 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4853 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4855 reached = 4;
4856 break;
4861 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4863 struct it it_backup;
4865 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4866 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4867 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4868 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4869 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4870 TO_X.
4872 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4873 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4874 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4875 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4876 to happen. */
4877 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4878 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4879 ? to_x : 0),
4880 (MOVE_TO_X
4881 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4883 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4884 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4886 reached = 5;
4887 break;
4890 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4891 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4892 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4893 the line. */
4894 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4896 it_backup = *it;
4897 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4898 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4899 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4900 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4903 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4904 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4905 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4907 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4908 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4910 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4911 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4912 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4913 to the ones before skipping. */
4914 *it = it_backup;
4915 reached = 6;
4917 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4919 skip = skip2;
4920 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4921 reached = 7;
4924 if (reached)
4925 break;
4927 else
4928 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4930 switch (skip)
4932 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4933 reached = 8;
4934 goto out;
4936 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4937 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4938 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4939 break;
4941 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4942 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4943 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4944 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4945 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4947 reached = 9;
4948 goto out;
4950 break;
4952 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4953 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4954 break;
4956 default:
4957 abort ();
4960 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4961 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4962 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4963 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4964 ++it->vpos;
4965 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4966 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4967 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4970 out:
4972 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4976 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4978 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4979 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4980 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4981 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4982 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4984 void
4985 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4986 struct it *it;
4987 int dy;
4989 int nlines, h, line_height;
4990 struct it it2;
4991 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4993 xassert (dy >= 0);
4995 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4996 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4998 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4999 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5000 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5002 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
5003 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5004 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5005 use reseat_1 here. */
5006 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5008 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5009 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5011 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5012 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5013 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5014 y-distance. */
5015 it2 = *it;
5016 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5017 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5018 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5019 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5020 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5022 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5023 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5024 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5025 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5027 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5028 it->vpos -= nlines;
5029 it->current_y -= h;
5031 if (dy == 0)
5033 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5034 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5035 if (nlines > 0)
5036 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5037 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5039 else if (nlines)
5041 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5042 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5043 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5045 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5046 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5047 if (target_y < it->current_y
5048 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5050 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5051 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5053 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5054 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5056 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5057 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5063 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5064 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5065 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5067 void
5068 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5069 struct it *it;
5070 int dy;
5072 if (dy <= 0)
5073 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5074 else if (dy > 0)
5076 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5077 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5078 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5079 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5081 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5082 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5083 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5084 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5085 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5090 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5092 void
5093 move_it_past_eol (it)
5094 struct it *it;
5096 enum move_it_result rc;
5098 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5099 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5100 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5104 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5106 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5107 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5108 property lookup. */
5110 static int
5111 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5112 struct it *it;
5113 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5115 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5116 int invisible_found_p;
5118 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5120 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5121 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5122 it->window);
5123 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5124 invisible_found_p = 1;
5125 else
5127 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5128 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5129 make_number (end_charpos));
5130 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5133 return invisible_found_p;
5136 #endif /* 0 */
5139 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5140 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5141 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5142 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5144 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5145 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5146 truncate-lines nil. */
5148 void
5149 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5150 struct it *it;
5151 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5153 struct position pos;
5155 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5157 struct text_pos textpos;
5159 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5160 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5161 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5162 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5163 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5164 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5166 else if (dvpos == 0)
5168 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5169 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5170 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5172 else if (dvpos > 0)
5173 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5174 else
5176 struct it it2;
5177 int start_charpos, i;
5179 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5180 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5181 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5182 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5183 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5184 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5186 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5187 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5188 it2 = *it;
5189 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5190 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5191 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5192 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5193 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5195 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5196 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5198 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5199 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5206 /***********************************************************************
5207 Messages
5208 ***********************************************************************/
5211 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5212 to *Messages*. */
5214 void
5215 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5216 char *format;
5217 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5219 Lisp_Object args[3];
5220 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5221 char *buffer;
5222 int len;
5223 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5225 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5226 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5228 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5229 args[1] = arg1;
5230 args[2] = arg2;
5231 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5233 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5234 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5235 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5237 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5238 UNGCPRO;
5242 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5244 void
5245 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5247 if (message_log_need_newline)
5248 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5252 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
5253 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5254 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5255 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5256 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5258 void
5259 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
5260 char *m;
5261 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
5263 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5265 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5266 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5267 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5268 int point_at_end = 0;
5269 int zv_at_end = 0;
5270 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5271 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5273 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5274 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5275 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5276 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5278 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5279 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5280 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5281 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5283 if (PT == Z)
5284 point_at_end = 1;
5285 if (ZV == Z)
5286 zv_at_end = 1;
5288 BEGV = BEG;
5289 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5290 ZV = Z;
5291 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5292 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5294 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5295 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5296 if (multibyte
5297 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5299 int i, c, nbytes;
5300 unsigned char work[1];
5302 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5303 for the *Message* buffer. */
5304 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
5306 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
5307 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5309 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5310 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5313 else if (! multibyte
5314 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5316 int i, c, nbytes;
5317 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5318 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5319 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5320 for the *Message* buffer. */
5321 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5323 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5324 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5325 insert_1_both (str, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5328 else if (len)
5329 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
5331 if (nlflag)
5333 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5334 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5336 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5337 this_bol = PT;
5338 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5340 if (this_bol > BEG)
5342 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5343 prev_bol = PT;
5344 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5346 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5347 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5348 if (dup)
5350 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5351 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5352 if (dup > 1)
5354 char dupstr[40];
5355 int duplen;
5357 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5358 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5359 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5360 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5361 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5362 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5367 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5369 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5370 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5371 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5374 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5375 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5377 if (zv_at_end)
5379 ZV = Z;
5380 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5382 else
5384 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5385 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5388 if (point_at_end)
5389 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5390 else
5391 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5392 Lisp code. */
5393 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5394 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5396 UNGCPRO;
5397 free_marker (oldpoint);
5398 free_marker (oldbegv);
5399 free_marker (oldzv);
5401 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5402 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5403 if (NILP (tem))
5404 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5405 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5406 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5411 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5412 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5413 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5414 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5415 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5417 static int
5418 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5419 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5420 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5422 int i;
5423 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5424 int seen_dots = 0;
5425 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5426 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5428 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5430 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5431 seen_dots = 1;
5432 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5433 return seen_dots;
5435 p1 += len;
5436 if (*p1 == '\n')
5437 return 2;
5438 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5440 int n = 0;
5441 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5442 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5443 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5444 return n+1;
5446 return 0;
5450 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
5451 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5452 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5454 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5455 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5456 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5457 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5459 void
5460 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
5461 char *m;
5462 int len;
5463 int multibyte;
5465 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5466 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5467 if (m)
5468 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
5469 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
5473 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5475 void
5476 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
5477 char *m;
5478 int len;
5480 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5481 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5483 if (noninteractive)
5485 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5486 putc ('\n', stderr);
5487 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5488 if (m)
5489 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
5490 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5491 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5492 fflush (stderr);
5494 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5495 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5496 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5497 else if (INTERACTIVE
5498 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5499 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5501 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5502 struct frame *f;
5504 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5505 that the selected frame is using. */
5506 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5507 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5509 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5510 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5511 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5512 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5514 if (m)
5516 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
5517 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5518 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5520 else
5521 clear_message (1, 1);
5523 do_pending_window_change (0);
5524 echo_area_display (1);
5525 do_pending_window_change (0);
5526 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5527 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5532 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5533 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5534 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5535 text show through. */
5537 void
5538 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5539 Lisp_Object m;
5540 int nbytes;
5541 int multibyte;
5543 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5545 GCPRO1 (m);
5547 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5548 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5549 if (STRINGP (m))
5550 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5551 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5553 UNGCPRO;
5557 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5559 void
5560 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5561 Lisp_Object m;
5562 int nbytes, multibyte;
5564 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5565 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5567 if (noninteractive)
5569 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5570 putc ('\n', stderr);
5571 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5572 if (STRINGP (m))
5573 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5574 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5575 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5576 fflush (stderr);
5578 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5579 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5580 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5581 else if (INTERACTIVE
5582 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5583 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5585 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5586 Lisp_Object frame;
5587 struct frame *f;
5589 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5590 that the selected frame is using. */
5591 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5592 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5593 f = XFRAME (frame);
5595 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5596 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5597 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5598 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5600 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5602 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5603 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5604 Fraise_frame (frame);
5606 else
5607 clear_message (1, 1);
5609 do_pending_window_change (0);
5610 echo_area_display (1);
5611 do_pending_window_change (0);
5612 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5613 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5618 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5619 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5621 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5622 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5623 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5624 that was alloca'd. */
5626 void
5627 message1 (m)
5628 char *m;
5630 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5634 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5636 void
5637 message1_nolog (m)
5638 char *m;
5640 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5643 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5644 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5646 void
5647 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5648 char *m;
5649 Lisp_Object string;
5650 int log;
5652 if (noninteractive)
5654 if (m)
5656 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5657 putc ('\n', stderr);
5658 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5659 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5660 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5661 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5662 fflush (stderr);
5665 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5667 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5668 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5669 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5670 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5671 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5673 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5674 that the selected frame is using. */
5675 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5676 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5678 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5679 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5680 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5681 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5683 int len;
5684 char *a[1];
5685 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5687 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5688 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5690 if (log)
5691 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5692 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5693 else
5694 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5695 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5697 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5698 buffer next time. */
5699 message_buf_print = 0;
5705 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5706 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5708 /* VARARGS 1 */
5709 void
5710 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5711 char *m;
5712 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5714 if (noninteractive)
5716 if (m)
5718 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5719 putc ('\n', stderr);
5720 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5721 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5722 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5723 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5724 fflush (stderr);
5727 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5729 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5730 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5731 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5732 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5733 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5735 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5736 that the selected frame is using. */
5737 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5738 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5740 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5741 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5742 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5743 it. */
5744 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5746 if (m)
5748 int len;
5749 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5750 char *a[3];
5751 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5752 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5753 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5755 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5756 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5757 #else
5758 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5759 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5760 (char **) &a1);
5761 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5763 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5765 else
5766 message1 (0);
5768 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5769 buffer next time. */
5770 message_buf_print = 0;
5776 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5778 void
5779 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5780 char *m;
5781 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5783 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5784 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5785 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5786 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5787 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5791 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5792 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5793 critical. */
5795 void
5796 update_echo_area ()
5798 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5800 Lisp_Object string;
5801 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5802 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5803 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5808 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5809 aren't, make new ones. */
5811 static void
5812 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5814 int i;
5816 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5817 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5818 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5820 char name[30];
5821 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5822 int j;
5824 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5825 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5826 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5827 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5829 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5830 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5831 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5836 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5837 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5839 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5840 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5841 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5843 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5844 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5846 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5847 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5848 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5850 Value is what FN returns. */
5852 static int
5853 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5854 struct window *w;
5855 int which;
5856 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5857 EMACS_INT a1;
5858 Lisp_Object a2;
5859 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5861 Lisp_Object buffer;
5862 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5863 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5865 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5866 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5868 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5870 if (which == 0)
5871 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5872 else if (which > 0)
5873 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5874 else
5876 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5877 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5879 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5880 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5881 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5882 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5883 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5886 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5887 have one. */
5888 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5890 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5891 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5892 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5893 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5894 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5897 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5899 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5900 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5902 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5903 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5904 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5905 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5906 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5907 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5908 aborts. */
5909 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5910 if (w)
5912 w->buffer = buffer;
5913 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5916 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5917 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5918 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5920 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5921 del_range (BEG, Z);
5923 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5924 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5926 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5928 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5929 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5931 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5932 return rc;
5936 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5937 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5939 static Lisp_Object
5940 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5941 struct window *w;
5943 int i = 0;
5944 Lisp_Object vector;
5946 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5947 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5948 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5949 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5951 if (NILP (vector))
5952 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5954 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5955 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5956 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5958 if (w)
5960 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5961 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5962 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5963 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5964 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5965 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5967 else
5969 int end = i + 4;
5970 while (i < end)
5971 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5974 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5975 return vector;
5979 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5980 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5982 static Lisp_Object
5983 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5984 Lisp_Object vector;
5986 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
5987 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
5988 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
5990 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
5992 struct window *w;
5993 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5995 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
5996 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
5997 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
5998 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
6000 w->buffer = buffer;
6001 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6002 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6005 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6006 return Qnil;
6010 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6011 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6013 void
6014 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6015 int multibyte_p;
6017 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6019 if (!message_buf_print)
6021 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6022 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6023 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6024 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6025 else
6026 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6028 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6029 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6031 if (Z > BEG)
6033 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6034 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6035 del_range (BEG, Z);
6036 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6038 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6040 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6041 if (multibyte_p
6042 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6043 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6045 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6046 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6048 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6049 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6050 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6051 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6054 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6055 message_buf_print = 1;
6057 else
6059 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6061 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6062 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6063 else
6064 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6067 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6068 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6069 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6074 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6075 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6076 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6077 display the current message. */
6079 static int
6080 display_echo_area (w)
6081 struct window *w;
6083 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6085 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6086 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6087 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6088 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6089 redisplay. */
6090 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6092 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6093 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6094 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6095 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6096 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6097 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6099 window_height_changed_p
6100 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6101 display_echo_area_1,
6102 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6104 if (no_message_p)
6105 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6107 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6108 return window_height_changed_p;
6112 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6113 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6114 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6115 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6116 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6118 static int
6119 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6120 EMACS_INT a1;
6121 Lisp_Object a2;
6122 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6124 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6125 Lisp_Object window;
6126 struct text_pos start;
6127 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6129 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6130 matrix for the display. */
6131 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6133 /* Display. */
6134 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6135 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6136 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6137 try_window (window, start);
6139 return window_height_changed_p;
6143 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6144 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6146 void
6147 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6149 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6150 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6152 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6153 int resized_p;
6155 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6156 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6157 if (resized_p)
6159 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6160 ++update_mode_lines;
6161 redisplay_internal (0);
6167 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6168 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6169 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6170 returns. */
6172 static int
6173 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6174 EMACS_INT a1;
6175 Lisp_Object a2;
6176 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6178 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6182 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6183 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6184 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6185 the window height has been changed. */
6188 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6189 struct window *w;
6190 int exact_p;
6192 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6193 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6195 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6197 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6198 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6199 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6200 return 0;
6202 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6204 struct it it;
6205 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6206 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6207 int height, max_height;
6208 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6209 struct text_pos start;
6210 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6212 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6214 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6215 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6218 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6220 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6221 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6222 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6223 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6224 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6225 else
6226 max_height = total_height / 4;
6228 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6229 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6230 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6232 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6233 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6234 height = 1;
6235 else
6237 last_height = 0;
6238 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6239 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6240 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6241 else
6242 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6243 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6244 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6247 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6248 if (height > max_height)
6250 height = max_height;
6251 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6252 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6253 start = it.current.pos;
6255 else
6256 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6257 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6259 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6261 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6262 case the window shrinks again. */
6263 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6265 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6266 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6267 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6268 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6270 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6271 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6273 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6274 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6275 shrink_mini_window (w);
6276 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6279 else
6281 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6282 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6284 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6285 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6286 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6287 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6289 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6291 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6292 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6293 shrink_mini_window (w);
6295 if (height)
6297 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6298 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6301 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6305 if (old_current_buffer)
6306 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6309 return window_height_changed_p;
6313 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6314 current message. */
6316 Lisp_Object
6317 current_message ()
6319 Lisp_Object msg;
6321 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6322 msg = Qnil;
6323 else
6325 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6326 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6327 if (NILP (msg))
6328 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6331 return msg;
6335 static int
6336 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6337 EMACS_INT a1;
6338 Lisp_Object a2;
6339 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6341 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6343 if (Z > BEG)
6344 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6345 else
6346 *msg = Qnil;
6347 return 0;
6351 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6352 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6353 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6354 worth optimizing. */
6357 push_message ()
6359 Lisp_Object msg;
6360 msg = current_message ();
6361 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6362 return STRINGP (msg);
6366 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6368 void
6369 restore_message ()
6371 Lisp_Object msg;
6373 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6374 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6375 if (STRINGP (msg))
6376 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6377 else
6378 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6382 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6384 void
6385 pop_message ()
6387 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6388 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6392 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6393 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6394 somewhere. */
6396 void
6397 check_message_stack ()
6399 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6400 abort ();
6404 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6405 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6407 void
6408 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6409 int nchars;
6411 if (nchars == 0)
6412 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6413 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6414 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6415 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6416 else if (!noninteractive
6417 && INTERACTIVE
6418 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6420 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6421 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6422 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6427 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6428 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6430 static int
6431 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6432 EMACS_INT nchars;
6433 Lisp_Object a2;
6434 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6436 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6437 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6438 if (Z == BEG)
6439 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6440 return 0;
6444 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6446 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6447 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6448 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6450 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6451 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6452 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6454 void
6455 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6456 char *s;
6457 Lisp_Object string;
6458 int nbytes;
6460 message_enable_multibyte
6461 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6462 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6464 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6465 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6466 message_buf_print = 0;
6467 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6471 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6472 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6473 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6474 current. */
6476 static int
6477 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6478 EMACS_INT a1;
6479 Lisp_Object a2;
6480 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6482 char *s = (char *) a1;
6483 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6485 xassert (BEG == Z);
6487 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6488 if (message_enable_multibyte
6489 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6490 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6492 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6494 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6495 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6497 if (STRINGP (string))
6499 int nchars;
6501 if (nbytes == 0)
6502 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6503 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6505 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6506 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6507 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6508 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6510 else if (s)
6512 if (nbytes == 0)
6513 nbytes = strlen (s);
6515 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6517 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6518 int i, c, n;
6519 unsigned char work[1];
6521 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6522 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6524 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6525 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6527 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6528 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6531 else if (!multibyte_p
6532 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6534 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6535 int i, c, n;
6536 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6537 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6539 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6540 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6542 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6543 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6544 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6547 else
6548 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6551 return 0;
6555 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6556 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6557 last displayed. */
6559 void
6560 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6561 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6563 if (current_p)
6564 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6566 if (last_displayed_p)
6567 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6569 message_buf_print = 0;
6572 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6574 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6575 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6576 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6577 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6578 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6579 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6581 static void
6582 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6584 if (frame_garbaged)
6586 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6588 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6590 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6592 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6594 clear_current_matrices (f);
6595 f->garbaged = 0;
6599 frame_garbaged = 0;
6600 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6605 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6606 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6607 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6609 static int
6610 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6611 int update_frame_p;
6613 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6614 struct window *w;
6615 struct frame *f;
6616 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6617 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6619 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6620 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6621 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6623 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6624 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6625 return 0;
6627 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6628 #ifndef macintosh
6629 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6630 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6631 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6632 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6633 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6634 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6635 return 0;
6636 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6637 #endif
6639 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6640 if (frame_garbaged)
6641 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6643 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6645 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6646 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6647 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6649 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6650 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6651 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6652 here could cause confusion. */
6653 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6655 int n = 0;
6657 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6658 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6659 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6660 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6661 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6662 if (!display_completed)
6663 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6665 if (window_height_changed_p)
6667 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6668 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6669 pending input. */
6670 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6671 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6672 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6673 redisplay_internal (0);
6674 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6676 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6678 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6679 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6680 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6681 update_single_window (w, 1);
6682 rif->flush_display (f);
6684 else
6685 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6687 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6688 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6689 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6690 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6691 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6694 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6695 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6697 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6698 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6700 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6701 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6702 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6703 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6704 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6706 return window_height_changed_p;
6711 /***********************************************************************
6712 Frame Titles
6713 ***********************************************************************/
6716 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6718 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6719 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6721 static char *frame_title_buf;
6723 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6725 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6726 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6729 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6730 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6732 static void
6733 store_frame_title_char (c)
6734 char c;
6736 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6737 double the buffer's size. */
6738 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6740 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6741 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6742 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6743 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6744 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6747 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6751 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6752 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
6753 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
6754 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
6755 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
6756 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
6757 title. */
6759 static int
6760 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6761 unsigned char *str;
6762 int field_width, precision;
6764 int n = 0;
6766 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6767 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
6768 && *str)
6770 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6771 ++n;
6774 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6775 while (field_width > 0
6776 && n < field_width)
6778 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6779 ++n;
6782 return n;
6786 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6787 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6788 frame_title_format. */
6790 static void
6791 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6792 Lisp_Object frame;
6794 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6796 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6797 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6798 || f->explicit_name)
6800 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6801 Lisp_Object tail;
6802 Lisp_Object fmt;
6803 struct buffer *obuf;
6804 int len;
6805 struct it it;
6807 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6809 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6811 if (tf != f
6812 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6813 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6814 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6815 break;
6818 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6819 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6821 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6822 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6823 then display the title. */
6824 obuf = current_buffer;
6825 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6826 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6827 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6828 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6829 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6830 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6831 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6832 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6834 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6835 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6836 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6837 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6838 higher level than this.) */
6839 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6840 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6841 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6842 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6846 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6848 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6849 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6851 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6856 /***********************************************************************
6857 Menu Bars
6858 ***********************************************************************/
6861 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6862 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6864 void
6865 prepare_menu_bars ()
6867 int all_windows;
6868 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6869 struct frame *f;
6870 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6872 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6873 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6874 #else
6875 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6876 #endif
6878 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6879 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6880 up-to-date frame titles. */
6881 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6882 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6884 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6886 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6888 f = XFRAME (frame);
6889 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6890 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6891 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6894 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6896 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6897 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6898 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6899 || buffer_shared > 1
6900 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6901 if (all_windows)
6903 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6904 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6906 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6908 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6910 f = XFRAME (frame);
6912 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6913 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6914 continue;
6916 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6917 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6918 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6920 Lisp_Object functions;
6922 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6923 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6924 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6925 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6927 while (CONSP (functions))
6929 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6930 functions = XCDR (functions);
6932 UNGCPRO;
6935 GCPRO1 (tail);
6936 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6937 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6938 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6939 #endif
6940 UNGCPRO;
6943 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6945 else
6947 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6948 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6949 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6950 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6951 #endif
6954 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6955 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6956 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6957 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6958 #endif
6962 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6963 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6964 eval.
6966 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6968 static void
6969 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6970 struct frame *f;
6971 int save_match_data;
6973 Lisp_Object window;
6974 register struct window *w;
6976 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6977 w = XWINDOW (window);
6979 if (update_mode_lines)
6980 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6982 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6984 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
6985 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6986 #else
6987 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6988 #endif
6989 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6991 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6992 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6993 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6994 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6995 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6996 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6997 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6998 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6999 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7000 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7001 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7002 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7003 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7004 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7005 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7007 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7008 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7010 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7011 if (save_match_data)
7012 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7013 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7015 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7016 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7019 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7020 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7022 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7023 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7024 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7025 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7027 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7028 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7030 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7031 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7032 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7033 #if defined (macintosh)
7034 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7035 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7036 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7037 #endif
7039 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7040 else
7041 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7042 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7043 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7044 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7045 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7046 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7047 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7048 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7050 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7051 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7058 /***********************************************************************
7059 Tool-bars
7060 ***********************************************************************/
7062 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7064 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7065 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7066 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7067 and restore it here. */
7069 static void
7070 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7071 struct frame *f;
7072 int save_match_data;
7074 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7075 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7077 Lisp_Object window;
7078 struct window *w;
7080 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7081 w = XWINDOW (window);
7083 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7084 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7085 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7086 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7087 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7088 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7089 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7090 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7091 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7092 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7093 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7094 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7095 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7096 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7097 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7099 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7100 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7102 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7103 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7104 keymaps. */
7105 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7107 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7108 if (save_match_data)
7109 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7111 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7112 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7114 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7115 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7118 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7119 f->tool_bar_items
7120 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7122 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7123 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7125 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7126 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7132 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7133 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7134 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7136 static void
7137 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7138 struct frame *f;
7140 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
7141 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7142 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7144 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7145 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7147 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7148 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7150 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7151 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7152 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7153 : 0);
7155 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
7156 and there is a space at the end. */
7157 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items + 1;
7159 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7160 if (size < size_needed)
7161 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7162 make_number (' '));
7163 else
7165 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7166 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7167 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7170 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7171 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7172 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7173 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
7174 i < f->n_tool_bar_items;
7175 ++i, string_idx += 1)
7177 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7179 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7180 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7181 int margin, relief, idx;
7182 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
7183 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7185 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7186 button state. */
7187 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7188 if (VECTORP (image))
7190 if (enabled_p)
7191 idx = (selected_p
7192 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7193 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7194 else
7195 idx = (selected_p
7196 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7197 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7199 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7200 image = AREF (image, idx);
7202 else
7203 idx = -1;
7205 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7206 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7207 continue;
7209 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7210 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7212 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7213 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
7214 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
7216 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7218 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7219 selected. */
7220 if (selected_p)
7222 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7223 margin -= relief;
7226 else
7228 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7229 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7230 raised relief. */
7231 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7232 (selected_p
7233 ? make_number (-relief)
7234 : make_number (relief)));
7235 margin -= relief;
7238 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7239 if (margin)
7240 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
7242 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7243 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7244 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7245 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7246 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qdisabled);
7248 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7249 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7250 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7251 vector. */
7252 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7253 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7254 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
7255 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
7256 make_number (string_idx + 1),
7257 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7258 #undef PROP
7261 UNGCPRO;
7265 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7267 static void
7268 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7269 struct it *it;
7271 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7272 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7273 struct glyph *last;
7275 prepare_desired_row (row);
7276 row->y = it->current_y;
7278 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7279 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7280 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7282 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7284 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7286 /* Get the next display element. */
7287 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7288 break;
7290 /* Produce glyphs. */
7291 x_before = it->current_x;
7292 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7293 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7295 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7296 i = 0;
7297 x = x_before;
7298 while (i < nglyphs)
7300 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7302 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7304 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7305 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7306 it->current_x = x;
7307 goto out;
7310 ++it->hpos;
7311 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7312 ++i;
7315 /* Stop at line ends. */
7316 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7317 break;
7319 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7322 out:;
7324 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7325 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7326 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7327 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7328 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7329 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7330 compute_line_metrics (it);
7332 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7333 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7335 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7336 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7339 row->full_width_p = 1;
7340 row->continued_p = 0;
7341 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7342 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7344 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7345 it->current_y += row->height;
7346 ++it->vpos;
7347 ++it->glyph_row;
7351 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7352 items of frame F visible. */
7354 static int
7355 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7356 struct frame *f;
7358 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7359 struct it it;
7361 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7362 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7363 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7364 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7365 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7366 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7368 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7370 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7371 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7372 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7375 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7379 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7380 height should be changed. */
7382 static int
7383 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7384 struct frame *f;
7386 struct window *w;
7387 struct it it;
7388 struct glyph_row *row;
7389 int change_height_p = 0;
7391 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7392 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7393 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7394 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7395 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7396 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7397 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7398 return 0;
7400 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7401 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7402 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7403 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7404 row = it.glyph_row;
7406 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7407 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7408 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7410 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7411 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7412 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7414 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7415 window, so don't do it. */
7416 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7417 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7419 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7421 int nlines;
7423 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7424 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7425 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7426 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7427 if (!row->displays_text_p
7428 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7429 change_height_p = 1;
7431 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7432 change the tool-bar's height. */
7433 if (row->displays_text_p
7434 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7435 change_height_p = 1;
7437 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7438 frame parameter. */
7439 if (change_height_p
7440 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7441 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7443 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7444 Lisp_Object frame;
7445 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7447 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7448 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7449 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7450 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7451 make_number (nlines)),
7452 Qnil));
7453 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7454 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7458 return change_height_p;
7462 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7463 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7464 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7465 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7468 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7469 struct frame *f;
7470 struct glyph *glyph;
7471 int *prop_idx;
7473 Lisp_Object prop;
7474 int success_p;
7476 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7477 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7478 F->tool_bar_items. */
7479 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7480 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7481 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7483 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7484 success_p = 1;
7486 else
7487 success_p = 0;
7489 return success_p;
7492 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7496 /************************************************************************
7497 Horizontal scrolling
7498 ************************************************************************/
7500 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7501 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7503 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7504 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7505 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7506 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7507 changed. */
7509 static int
7510 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7511 Lisp_Object window;
7513 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7515 while (WINDOWP (window))
7517 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7519 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7520 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7521 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7522 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7523 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7525 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7526 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7527 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7528 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7529 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7530 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7531 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7532 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7533 ? desired_cursor_row
7534 : current_cursor_row);
7536 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7537 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7539 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7540 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7542 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7543 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7544 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7545 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7546 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7548 struct it it;
7549 int hscroll;
7550 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7551 int pt;
7553 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7554 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7555 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7557 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7558 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7559 else
7561 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7562 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7563 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7566 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7567 a line with infinite width. */
7568 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7569 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7570 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7571 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7573 /* Center cursor in window. */
7574 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7575 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7576 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7578 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7579 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7580 optimizations. */
7581 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7583 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7584 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7585 hscrolled_p = 1;
7590 window = w->next;
7593 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7594 return hscrolled_p;
7598 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7599 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7600 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7601 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7602 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7604 static int
7605 hscroll_windows (window)
7606 Lisp_Object window;
7608 int hscrolled_p;
7610 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7612 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7613 if (hscrolled_p)
7614 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7616 else
7617 hscrolled_p = 0;
7618 return hscrolled_p;
7623 /************************************************************************
7624 Redisplay
7625 ************************************************************************/
7627 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7628 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7629 session. */
7631 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7633 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7635 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7636 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7638 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7640 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7642 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7644 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7646 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7647 try_window_id. */
7649 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7651 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7652 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7653 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7654 resulting string to stderr. */
7656 static void
7657 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7658 struct window *w;
7659 char *fmt;
7660 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7662 char buffer[512];
7663 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7664 int len = strlen (method);
7665 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7666 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7668 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7669 if (len && remaining)
7671 method[len] = '|';
7672 --remaining, ++len;
7675 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7677 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7678 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7680 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7681 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7682 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7683 : "no buffer"),
7684 buffer);
7687 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7690 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7691 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7692 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7693 cleared. */
7695 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7696 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7698 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7700 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7702 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7704 int redisplaying_p;
7707 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7708 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7709 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7710 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7712 static INLINE int
7713 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7714 struct window *w;
7715 int start, end;
7717 int unchanged_p = 1;
7719 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7720 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7721 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7723 /* Gap in the line? */
7724 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7725 unchanged_p = 0;
7727 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7728 if (unchanged_p
7729 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7730 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7731 unchanged_p = 0;
7733 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7734 beginning of the line. */
7735 if (unchanged_p
7736 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7737 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7738 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7739 unchanged_p = 0;
7742 return unchanged_p;
7746 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7747 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7749 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7750 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7751 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7753 void
7754 redisplay ()
7756 redisplay_internal (0);
7759 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7760 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7761 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7764 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7765 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7766 int prev_pt, pt;
7768 int start, end;
7769 Lisp_Object prop;
7770 Lisp_Object buffer;
7772 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7773 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7774 same buffer. */
7775 if (prev_buf == buf)
7777 if (prev_pt == pt)
7778 /* Point didn't move. */
7779 return 0;
7781 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7782 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7783 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7784 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7785 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7786 point moved out of the composition. */
7787 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7790 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7791 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7792 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7793 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7794 && start < pt && end > pt);
7797 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7798 in window W. */
7800 static INLINE void
7801 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7802 struct window *w;
7803 struct buffer *b;
7805 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7806 b->clip_changed = 1;
7807 else if (b->clip_changed
7808 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7809 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7810 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7811 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7812 b->clip_changed = 0;
7814 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7815 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7816 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7817 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7818 check. */
7819 if (!b->clip_changed
7820 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7822 int pt;
7824 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7825 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7826 else
7827 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7829 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7830 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7831 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7832 XINT (w->last_point),
7833 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7834 b->clip_changed = 1;
7839 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7840 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7841 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7842 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7843 causes some problems. */
7845 static void
7846 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7847 int preserve_echo_area;
7849 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7850 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7851 int pause;
7852 int must_finish = 0;
7853 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7854 int number_of_visible_frames;
7855 int count;
7856 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7858 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7859 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7860 int consider_all_windows_p;
7862 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7864 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7865 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7866 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7867 if (noninteractive
7868 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7869 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7870 return;
7872 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7873 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7874 update necessary. */
7875 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7877 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7878 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7879 return;
7882 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7883 if (popup_activated ())
7884 return;
7885 #endif
7887 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7888 if (redisplaying_p)
7889 return;
7891 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7892 when we leave this function. */
7893 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7894 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7895 ++redisplaying_p;
7897 retry:
7898 pause = 0;
7899 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7901 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7902 necessary, do it. */
7903 if (fonts_changed_p)
7905 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7906 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7907 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7910 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7911 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7913 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7914 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7915 thing. */
7916 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7917 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7918 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7920 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7922 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7923 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7924 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7925 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7927 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7929 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7931 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7933 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7935 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7936 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7937 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7938 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7942 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7943 do_pending_window_change (1);
7945 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7946 if (frame_garbaged)
7947 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7949 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7950 prepare_menu_bars ();
7952 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7953 update_mode_lines++;
7955 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7956 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7958 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7959 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7960 update_mode_lines++;
7963 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7964 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7965 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7966 where no change is needed. */
7967 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7968 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7969 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7970 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7971 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7973 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7975 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7976 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7977 there. */
7978 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7980 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7981 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7982 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7983 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7984 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7986 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7987 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7988 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7989 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7990 the echo area should be cleared. */
7991 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7993 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
7994 must_finish = 1;
7996 if (fonts_changed_p)
7997 goto retry;
7998 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8000 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8001 ++update_mode_lines;
8002 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8004 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8005 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8006 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8007 if (frame_garbaged)
8008 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8011 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8012 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8013 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8014 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8015 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8017 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8018 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8019 must_finish = 1;
8020 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8021 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8022 ++update_mode_lines;
8024 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8025 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8026 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8027 if (frame_garbaged)
8028 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8032 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8033 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8034 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8035 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8036 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8037 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8038 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8039 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8040 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8041 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8043 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8044 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8045 set in display_line and record information about the line
8046 containing the cursor. */
8047 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8048 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8049 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8050 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8051 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8052 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8053 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8054 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8055 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8056 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8057 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8058 && NILP (w->force_start)
8059 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8060 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8061 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8062 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8063 must be unchanged */
8064 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8065 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8067 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8068 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8069 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8070 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8071 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8072 goto cancel;
8073 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8074 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8075 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8077 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8078 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8079 line 885).
8081 For instance, in the following case:
8083 -------- Insert --------
8084 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8085 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8086 ^^ ^^
8087 -------- --------
8089 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8091 struct it it;
8092 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8094 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8095 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8096 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8098 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8099 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8100 goto cancel;
8102 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8103 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8104 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8105 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8106 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8107 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8108 display_line (&it);
8110 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8111 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8112 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8113 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8114 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8115 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8116 /* Line ends as before. */
8117 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8118 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8119 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8120 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8122 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8123 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8124 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8126 struct glyph_row *row
8127 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8128 int delta, delta_bytes;
8130 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8132 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8133 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8134 delta = (Z
8135 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8136 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8137 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8138 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8139 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8141 else
8143 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8144 account of the newline and the rest of the
8145 text that follows. */
8146 delta = (Z
8147 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8148 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8149 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8150 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8151 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8154 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8155 this_line_vpos + 1,
8156 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8157 delta, delta_bytes);
8160 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8161 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8162 adjusted. */
8163 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8165 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8166 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8168 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8169 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8170 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8171 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8173 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8174 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8176 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8177 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8178 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8179 #endif
8180 goto update;
8182 else
8183 goto cancel;
8185 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8186 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8187 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8188 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8189 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8190 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8192 if (!must_finish)
8194 do_pending_window_change (1);
8196 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8197 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8198 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8199 goto end_of_redisplay;
8201 goto update;
8203 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8204 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8205 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8206 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8207 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8208 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8209 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8210 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8211 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8213 struct it it;
8214 struct glyph_row *row;
8216 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8217 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8218 next visible position. */
8219 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8220 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8221 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8222 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8223 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8225 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8226 moves over before-strings. */
8227 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8229 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8230 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8231 row->enabled_p))
8233 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8234 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8235 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8236 goto update;
8238 else
8239 goto cancel;
8242 cancel:
8243 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8244 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8247 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8248 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8249 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8252 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8253 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8254 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8256 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8258 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8260 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8261 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8263 clear_face_cache (0);
8264 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8267 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8268 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8269 buffer_shared = 0;
8271 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8273 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8275 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8277 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8278 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8279 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8280 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8282 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8283 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8285 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8286 nuked should now go away. */
8287 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8288 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8290 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8291 if (fonts_changed_p)
8292 goto retry;
8294 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8296 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8297 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8298 goto retry;
8300 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8301 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8302 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8303 error. */
8304 if (interrupt_input)
8305 unrequest_sigio ();
8306 stop_polling ();
8308 /* Update the display. */
8309 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8310 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8311 if (pause)
8312 break;
8314 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8315 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8316 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8321 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8323 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8324 struct frame *mini_frame;
8326 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8328 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8329 update:
8331 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8332 if (fonts_changed_p)
8333 goto retry;
8335 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8336 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8337 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8338 if (interrupt_input)
8339 unrequest_sigio ();
8340 stop_polling ();
8342 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8344 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8345 goto retry;
8347 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8348 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8351 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8352 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8353 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8354 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8355 it here. */
8356 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8357 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8359 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8361 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8362 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8363 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8364 goto retry;
8368 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8369 thorough update the next time. */
8370 if (pause)
8372 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8373 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8374 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8375 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8377 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8378 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8380 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8381 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8384 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8385 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8386 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8387 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8388 update_mode_lines = 1;
8391 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8392 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8393 if (!pause)
8395 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8397 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8398 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8399 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8400 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8402 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8403 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8404 else
8406 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8407 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8408 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8410 b->clip_changed = 0;
8411 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8412 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8413 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8414 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8415 w->last_had_star
8416 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8417 ? Qt : Qnil);
8419 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8420 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8421 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8422 && (EQ (selected_window,
8423 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8424 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8425 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8426 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8427 : Qnil);
8429 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8430 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8431 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8432 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8433 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8435 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8436 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8437 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8440 update_mode_lines = 0;
8441 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8444 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8445 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8446 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8447 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8448 if (interrupt_input)
8449 request_sigio ();
8450 start_polling ();
8452 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8453 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8454 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8455 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8456 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8457 frames here explicitly. */
8458 if (!pause)
8460 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8461 int new_count = 0;
8463 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8465 int this_is_visible = 0;
8467 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8468 this_is_visible = 1;
8469 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8470 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8471 this_is_visible = 1;
8473 if (this_is_visible)
8474 new_count++;
8477 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8478 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8481 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8482 do_pending_window_change (1);
8484 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8485 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8486 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8487 goto retry;
8489 end_of_redisplay:;
8491 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8495 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8496 another message has been requested in its place.
8498 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8499 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8500 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8501 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
8503 void
8504 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
8506 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8508 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8509 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8510 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8511 redisplay_internal (1);
8512 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8514 else
8515 redisplay_internal (1);
8519 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8520 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8521 in progress. */
8523 static Lisp_Object
8524 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8525 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8527 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8528 return Qnil;
8532 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8533 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8534 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8535 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8537 void
8538 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8539 Lisp_Object window;
8540 int accurate_p;
8542 struct window *w;
8544 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8546 w = XWINDOW (window);
8548 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8550 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8552 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8553 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8554 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8555 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8556 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8557 ? Qt : Qnil);
8559 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8560 Let's check it. */
8561 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8562 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8563 w->region_showing
8564 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8565 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8566 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8567 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8568 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8569 : Qnil));
8570 #endif
8572 if (accurate_p)
8574 b->clip_changed = 0;
8575 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8576 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8577 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8578 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8579 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8580 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8581 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8582 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8583 else
8584 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8588 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8589 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8591 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8592 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8593 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8594 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8597 if (accurate_p)
8599 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8600 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8602 else
8604 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8605 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8606 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8607 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8608 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8613 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8614 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8615 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8616 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8618 Lisp_Object
8619 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8620 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8621 int c;
8623 int code[4], i;
8624 Lisp_Object val;
8626 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8627 return (dp->contents[c]);
8629 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8630 if (code[1] < 32)
8631 code[1] = -1;
8632 else if (code[2] < 32)
8633 code[2] = -1;
8635 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8636 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8637 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8638 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8639 code[0] += 128;
8640 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8642 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8644 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8645 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8646 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8649 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8650 it. */
8651 return (dp->defalt);
8656 /***********************************************************************
8657 Window Redisplay
8658 ***********************************************************************/
8660 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8662 static void
8663 redisplay_windows (window)
8664 Lisp_Object window;
8666 while (!NILP (window))
8668 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8670 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8671 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8672 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8673 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8674 else
8675 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8677 window = w->next;
8682 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8683 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8684 differ from current buffer positions. */
8686 void
8687 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8688 struct window *w;
8689 struct glyph_row *row;
8690 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8691 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8693 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8694 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8695 int x = row->x;
8696 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8698 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8699 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8700 frames. */
8701 if (row->displays_text_p)
8702 while (glyph < end
8703 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8704 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8706 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8707 ++glyph;
8710 while (glyph < end
8711 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8712 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8713 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8715 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8716 ++glyph;
8719 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8720 w->cursor.x = x;
8721 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8722 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8724 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8726 if (!row->continued_p
8727 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8728 && row->x == 0)
8730 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8732 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8733 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8734 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8735 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8737 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8738 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8739 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8740 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8742 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8743 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8744 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8745 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8747 else
8748 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8753 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8754 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8756 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8758 static INLINE struct text_pos
8759 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8760 Lisp_Object window;
8761 struct text_pos startp;
8763 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8764 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8766 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8767 abort ();
8769 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8771 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8772 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8773 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8774 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8775 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8776 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8779 return startp;
8783 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8784 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8786 static void
8787 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8788 struct window *w;
8790 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8791 struct glyph_row *row;
8792 int window_height;
8794 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8795 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8796 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8797 return;
8799 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8800 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8802 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8803 to do. */
8804 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8805 return;
8807 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8808 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8809 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8810 if (row->height >= window_height)
8811 return;
8813 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8815 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8816 w->vscroll = 0;
8817 w->cursor.y += dy;
8818 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8820 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8822 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8823 w->vscroll = dy;
8824 w->cursor.y += dy;
8825 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8828 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8829 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8830 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8831 the correct y-position. */
8832 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8833 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8837 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8838 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8839 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8840 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8841 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8843 Value is
8845 1 if scrolling succeeded
8847 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8849 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8850 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8852 static int
8853 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8854 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8855 Lisp_Object window;
8856 int just_this_one_p;
8857 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8858 int temp_scroll_step;
8860 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8861 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8862 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8863 struct text_pos pos;
8864 struct text_pos startp;
8865 struct it it;
8866 Lisp_Object window_end;
8867 int this_scroll_margin;
8868 int dy = 0;
8869 int scroll_max;
8870 int rc;
8871 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8872 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8873 int height;
8875 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8876 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8877 #endif
8879 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8881 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8882 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8883 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8885 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8886 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8888 else
8889 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8891 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8892 into view. */
8893 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
8894 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
8895 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
8896 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8897 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8898 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8899 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8900 there should be a variable for this. */
8901 scroll_max = 10;
8902 else
8903 scroll_max = 0;
8904 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8906 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8907 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8908 margin. */
8909 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8910 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8911 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8912 if (this_scroll_margin)
8914 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8915 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8916 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8919 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8921 int y0;
8922 #if 0
8923 int line_height;
8924 #endif
8926 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8927 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8929 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8930 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8931 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8932 y0 = it.current_y;
8933 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8934 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8935 #if 0 /* Taking the line's height into account here looks wrong. */
8936 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8937 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8938 : last_height);
8939 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8940 #else
8941 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
8942 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
8943 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
8944 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
8945 added below. */
8946 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
8947 #endif
8949 if (dy > scroll_max)
8950 return 0;
8952 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8953 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8954 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8955 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8957 if (scroll_conservatively)
8958 amount_to_scroll =
8959 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
8960 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8961 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8962 else
8964 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8965 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8966 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8967 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8968 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8971 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8972 return 0;
8974 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8975 startp = it.current.pos;
8977 else
8979 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8980 window. */
8981 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8982 if (this_scroll_margin)
8984 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8985 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8986 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8989 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8991 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8992 above what is displayed in the window. */
8993 int y0;
8995 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8996 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8997 scroll_max. */
8998 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
8999 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9000 y0 = it.current_y;
9001 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9002 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9003 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9004 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9005 if (dy > scroll_max)
9006 return 0;
9008 /* Compute new window start. */
9009 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9011 if (scroll_conservatively)
9012 amount_to_scroll =
9013 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9014 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9015 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9016 else
9018 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9019 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9020 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9021 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9022 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9025 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9026 return 0;
9028 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9029 startp = it.current.pos;
9033 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9034 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9036 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9037 doesn't appear. */
9038 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9039 rc = -1;
9040 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9042 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9043 rc = 0;
9045 else
9047 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9048 if (!just_this_one_p
9049 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9050 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9051 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9053 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9054 lines up or down. */
9055 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9056 rc = 1;
9059 return rc;
9063 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9064 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9065 was computed.
9067 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9068 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9069 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9071 static int
9072 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9073 struct window *w;
9075 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9076 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9078 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9080 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9081 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9082 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9083 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9084 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9086 struct it it;
9087 struct glyph_row *row;
9089 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9090 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9091 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9092 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9093 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9095 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9096 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9097 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9098 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9099 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9100 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9102 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9103 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9104 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9105 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9107 int min_distance, distance;
9109 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9110 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9111 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9112 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9113 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9114 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9115 pos = it.current.pos;
9116 min_distance = INFINITY;
9117 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9118 distance < min_distance)
9120 min_distance = distance;
9121 pos = it.current.pos;
9122 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9125 /* Set the window start there. */
9126 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9127 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9131 return window_start_changed_p;
9135 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9136 with window start STARTP. Value is
9138 1 if successful
9140 0 if this method cannot be used
9142 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9143 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9144 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9146 static int
9147 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9148 Lisp_Object window;
9149 struct text_pos startp;
9150 int *scroll_step;
9152 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9153 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9154 int rc = 0;
9156 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9157 not moved off the frame. */
9158 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9159 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9160 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9161 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9162 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9163 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9164 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9165 cases. */
9166 && !update_mode_lines
9167 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9168 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9169 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9170 set the cursor. */
9171 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9172 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9173 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9174 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9175 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9176 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9177 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9178 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9179 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9180 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9181 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9182 handles the same cases. */
9183 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9184 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9185 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9186 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9187 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9188 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9189 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9190 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9191 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9192 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9193 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9195 int this_scroll_margin;
9196 struct glyph_row *row;
9198 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9199 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9200 #endif
9202 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9203 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9204 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9205 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9206 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9208 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9209 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9210 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9211 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9212 rc = -1;
9213 else
9215 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9216 if (row->mode_line_p)
9217 ++row;
9218 if (!row->enabled_p)
9219 rc = -1;
9222 if (rc == 0)
9224 int scroll_p = 0;
9225 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9227 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9229 /* Point has moved forward. */
9230 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9231 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9233 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9234 ++row;
9237 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9238 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9239 display it in the next line. */
9240 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9241 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9242 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9243 ++row;
9245 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9246 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9247 the next line would be drawn, and that
9248 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9249 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9250 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9251 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9252 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9253 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9254 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9255 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9256 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9257 scroll_p = 1;
9259 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9261 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9262 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9263 if-statement. */
9264 while (!row->mode_line_p
9265 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9266 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9267 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9268 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9269 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9271 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9272 --row;
9275 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9276 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9277 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9278 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9279 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9280 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9281 || row->mode_line_p)
9283 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9284 if (row->mode_line_p)
9285 ++row;
9288 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9289 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9290 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9291 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9292 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9293 ++row;
9295 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9296 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9297 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9298 scroll_p = 1;
9301 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9302 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9304 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9305 rc = -1;
9307 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9309 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9310 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9311 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9312 rc = -1;
9313 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9315 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9316 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9317 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9318 about it. */
9319 *scroll_step = 1;
9320 rc = -1;
9322 else
9324 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9325 try_window (window, startp);
9326 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9327 rc = 1;
9330 else if (scroll_p)
9331 rc = -1;
9332 else
9334 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9335 rc = 1;
9340 return rc;
9344 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9345 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9347 static void
9348 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9349 Lisp_Object window;
9350 int just_this_one_p;
9352 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9353 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9354 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9355 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9356 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9357 int update_mode_line;
9358 int tem;
9359 struct it it;
9360 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9361 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9362 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9363 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9364 int rc;
9366 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9367 opoint = lpoint;
9369 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9370 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9371 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9372 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9373 #endif
9375 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9377 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9379 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9380 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9381 || update_mode_lines
9382 || buffer->clip_changed);
9384 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9386 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9387 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9389 if (update_mode_line)
9390 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9391 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9392 goto finish_menu_bars;
9393 else
9394 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9395 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9397 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9399 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9400 active one, so clear it. */
9401 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9402 struct glyph_row *row;
9403 int y;
9405 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9406 y < yb;
9407 y += row->height, ++row)
9408 blank_row (w, row, y);
9409 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9413 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9414 value. */
9415 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9416 variables. */
9417 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9418 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9420 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9421 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9422 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9423 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9424 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9426 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9427 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9428 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9430 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9431 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9432 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9433 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9435 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9438 /* Some sanity checks. */
9439 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9440 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9441 abort ();
9442 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9443 abort ();
9445 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9446 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9447 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9448 where no change is needed. */
9449 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9450 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9451 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9452 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9453 update_mode_line = 1;
9455 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9456 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9457 if (!just_this_one_p)
9459 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9460 current_base = current_buffer;
9461 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9462 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9463 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9464 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9465 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9466 if (current_base == window_base)
9467 buffer_shared++;
9470 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9471 window, set up appropriate value. */
9472 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9474 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9475 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9476 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9478 new_pt = BEGV;
9479 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9480 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9482 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9484 new_pt = ZV;
9485 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9486 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9489 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9490 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9493 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9494 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9495 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9496 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9497 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9498 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9500 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9502 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9503 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9505 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9506 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9507 BEG, Z);
9508 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9512 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9513 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9514 goto recenter;
9516 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9518 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9519 check whether it can be used. */
9520 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9521 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9522 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9524 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9525 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9526 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9527 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9528 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9529 w->force_start = Qt;
9532 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9533 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9534 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9535 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9537 w->force_start = Qnil;
9538 w->vscroll = 0;
9539 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9541 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9542 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9543 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9544 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9546 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9547 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9548 because we have scrolled. */
9549 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9550 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9551 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9552 and having them get more errors. */
9553 if (!update_mode_line
9554 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9556 update_mode_line = 1;
9557 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9558 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9561 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9562 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9563 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9564 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9565 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9566 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9568 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9569 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9570 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9572 w->force_start = Qt;
9573 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9574 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9577 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9579 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9580 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9581 can use it here. */
9582 int window_height;
9583 struct glyph_row *row;
9585 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9586 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9587 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9588 ++row;
9590 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9591 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9593 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9594 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9595 else if (current_buffer == old)
9596 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9598 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9600 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9601 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9602 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9603 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9605 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9606 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9607 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9611 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9612 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9613 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9614 #endif
9615 goto done;
9618 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9619 not moved off the frame. */
9620 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9621 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9622 rc != 0))
9624 if (rc == -1)
9625 goto try_to_scroll;
9626 else
9627 goto done;
9629 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9630 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9631 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9632 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9633 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9635 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9636 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9637 #endif
9638 goto recenter;
9641 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9642 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9643 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9644 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9645 be full width. */
9646 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9647 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9648 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9649 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9650 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9651 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9652 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9653 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9654 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9655 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9656 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9657 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9658 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9659 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9660 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9661 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9662 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9663 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9664 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9665 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9666 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9667 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9668 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9669 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9670 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9672 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9673 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9674 #endif
9676 if (fonts_changed_p)
9677 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9678 if (tem > 0)
9679 goto done;
9681 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9682 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9684 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9685 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9686 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9687 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9688 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9689 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9690 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9691 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9693 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9694 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9695 #endif
9697 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9698 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9699 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9700 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9701 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9702 buffer. */
9703 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9704 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9705 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9707 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9708 try_window (window, startp);
9711 if (fonts_changed_p)
9712 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9714 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9716 if (!just_this_one_p
9717 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9718 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9719 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9720 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9722 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9723 goto done;
9725 else
9726 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9729 try_to_scroll:
9731 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9732 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9734 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9735 if (!update_mode_line)
9737 update_mode_line = 1;
9738 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9741 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9742 if ((scroll_conservatively
9743 || scroll_step
9744 || temp_scroll_step
9745 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9746 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9747 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9748 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9749 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9751 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9752 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9753 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9754 scroll_conservatively,
9755 scroll_step,
9756 temp_scroll_step);
9757 if (rc > 0)
9758 goto done;
9759 else if (rc < 0)
9760 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9763 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9765 recenter:
9767 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9768 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9769 #endif
9771 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9773 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9774 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9775 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9776 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9778 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9779 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9780 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9781 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9782 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9784 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9785 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9786 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9787 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9788 containing PT in this case. */
9789 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9791 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9792 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9793 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9794 it.current_y = 0;
9797 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9799 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9800 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9801 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9803 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9804 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9806 /* Redisplay the window. */
9807 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9808 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9809 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9810 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9811 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9812 || !just_this_one_p
9813 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9814 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9815 try_window (window, startp);
9817 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9818 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9819 matrices. */
9820 if (fonts_changed_p)
9821 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9823 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9824 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9825 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9826 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9827 line.) */
9828 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9830 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9831 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9833 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9834 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9835 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9837 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9839 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9840 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9841 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9843 else
9845 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9849 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9850 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9851 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9852 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9853 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9855 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9856 if (row->mode_line_p)
9857 ++row;
9858 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9861 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9863 done:
9865 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9866 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9867 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9868 ? Qt : Qnil);
9870 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9871 if ((update_mode_line
9872 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9873 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9874 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9875 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9876 || (!just_this_one_p
9877 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9878 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9879 /* Line number to display. */
9880 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9881 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9882 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9883 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9884 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9885 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9886 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9888 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9890 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9892 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9893 display_mode_lines (w);
9894 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9896 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9897 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9898 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9899 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9901 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9902 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9903 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9906 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9907 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9908 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9909 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9911 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9912 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9913 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9916 if (fonts_changed_p)
9917 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9920 if (!line_number_displayed
9921 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9923 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9924 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9927 finish_menu_bars:
9929 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9930 if (update_mode_line
9931 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9933 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9935 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9937 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
9938 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9939 #else
9940 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9941 #endif
9943 else
9944 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9946 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9947 display_menu_bar (w);
9949 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9950 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
9951 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
9952 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
9953 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
9954 #endif
9957 finish_scroll_bars:
9959 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
9961 int start, end, whole;
9963 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9964 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9965 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9966 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9967 visible region.
9969 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9970 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9971 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
9972 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
9974 whole = ZV - BEGV;
9975 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
9976 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
9977 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
9978 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
9980 if (end < start)
9981 end = start;
9982 if (whole < (end - start))
9983 whole = end - start;
9985 else
9986 start = end = whole = 0;
9988 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
9989 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
9991 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
9992 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
9993 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
9996 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
9997 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
9998 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
9999 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10001 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10005 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10006 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10007 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10008 glyph matrices necessary. */
10011 try_window (window, pos)
10012 Lisp_Object window;
10013 struct text_pos pos;
10015 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10016 struct it it;
10017 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10019 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10020 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10022 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10023 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10024 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10026 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10027 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10029 /* Display all lines of W. */
10030 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10032 if (display_line (&it))
10033 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10034 if (fonts_changed_p)
10035 return 0;
10038 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10039 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10040 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10041 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10043 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10044 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10045 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10046 if (last_text_row)
10048 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10049 w->window_end_bytepos
10050 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10051 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10052 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10053 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10054 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10055 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10056 ->displays_text_p);
10058 else
10060 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10061 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10062 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10065 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10066 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10067 return 1;
10072 /************************************************************************
10073 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10074 ************************************************************************/
10076 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10077 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10078 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10079 W->start is the new window start. */
10081 static int
10082 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10083 struct window *w;
10085 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10086 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10087 struct it it;
10088 struct run run;
10089 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10090 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10091 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10092 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10093 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10094 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10096 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10097 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10098 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10099 or such. */
10100 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10101 return 0;
10103 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10104 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10105 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10106 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10107 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10108 return 0;
10110 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10111 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10112 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10113 return 0;
10115 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10116 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10117 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10118 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10119 return 0;
10121 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10122 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10123 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10124 start = start_row->start.pos;
10125 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10127 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10128 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10130 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10132 int first_row_y;
10134 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10136 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10137 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10138 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10139 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10140 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10141 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10142 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10143 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10145 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10146 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10147 && !fonts_changed_p)
10148 if (display_line (&it))
10149 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10151 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10152 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10153 have at least one reusable row. */
10154 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10156 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10157 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10159 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10160 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10162 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10164 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10165 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10167 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10168 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10170 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10171 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10172 break;
10175 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10176 break;
10178 ++row;
10181 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10182 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10183 itself. */
10184 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10186 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10187 return 0;
10191 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10192 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10193 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10194 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10195 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10196 in. */
10197 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10198 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10199 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10201 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10203 update_begin (f);
10204 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10205 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10206 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10207 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10208 update_end (f);
10211 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10212 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10213 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10214 start_vpos,
10215 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10216 nrows_scrolled);
10218 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10219 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10220 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10222 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10223 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10224 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10225 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10226 row < bottom_row;
10227 ++row)
10229 row->y = it.current_y;
10231 if (row->y < min_y)
10232 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10233 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10234 row->visible_height
10235 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10236 else
10237 row->visible_height = row->height;
10239 it.current_y += row->height;
10241 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10242 last_reused_text_row = row;
10243 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10244 break;
10247 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10248 below the window. */
10249 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10250 row->enabled_p = 0;
10253 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10254 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10255 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10256 containing text. */
10257 if (last_reused_text_row)
10259 w->window_end_bytepos
10260 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10261 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10262 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10263 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10264 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10265 w->current_matrix));
10267 else if (last_text_row)
10269 w->window_end_bytepos
10270 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10271 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10272 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10273 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10274 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10276 else
10278 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10279 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10280 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10281 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10283 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10285 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10286 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10288 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10289 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10290 #endif
10291 return 1;
10293 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10295 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10296 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10297 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10298 int dy;
10299 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10301 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10303 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10304 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10305 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10306 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10307 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10308 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10309 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10310 ++first_reusable_row;
10312 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10313 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10314 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10315 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10316 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10317 return 0;
10319 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10320 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10321 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10322 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10323 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10324 pt_row = NULL;
10325 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10327 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10328 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10329 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10331 ++first_row_to_display;
10334 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10335 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10336 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10337 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10338 - start_vpos);
10339 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10340 - nrows_scrolled);
10341 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10342 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10344 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10345 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10346 that displays text. */
10347 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10348 if (pt_row == NULL)
10349 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10350 last_text_row = NULL;
10351 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10352 if (display_line (&it))
10353 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10355 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10356 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10358 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10359 return 0;
10362 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10363 position. */
10364 if (pt_row)
10366 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10367 w->current_matrix);
10368 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10371 /* Scroll the display. */
10372 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10373 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10374 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10375 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10377 if (run.height)
10379 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10380 update_begin (f);
10381 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10382 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10383 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10384 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10385 update_end (f);
10388 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10389 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10390 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10391 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10392 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10394 row->y -= dy;
10395 if (row->y < min_y)
10396 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10397 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10398 row->visible_height
10399 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10400 else
10401 row->visible_height = row->height;
10404 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10405 while (row < bottom_row)
10407 row->enabled_p = 0;
10408 ++row;
10411 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10412 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10413 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10414 start_vpos,
10415 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10416 -nrows_scrolled);
10418 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10419 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10420 only its vpos can have changed. */
10421 if (last_text_row)
10423 w->window_end_bytepos
10424 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10425 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10426 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10427 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10428 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10430 else
10432 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10433 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10436 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10437 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10439 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10440 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10441 #endif
10442 return 1;
10445 return 0;
10450 /************************************************************************
10451 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10452 ************************************************************************/
10454 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10455 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10456 int *, int *));
10457 static struct glyph_row *
10458 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10459 struct glyph_row *));
10462 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10463 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10464 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10465 a pointer to the row found. */
10467 static struct glyph_row *
10468 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10469 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10470 struct it *it;
10471 struct glyph_row *start;
10473 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10475 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10476 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10477 visible lines. */
10478 row_found = NULL;
10479 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10480 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10482 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10483 row_found = row;
10484 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10485 break;
10486 ++row;
10489 return row_found;
10493 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10494 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10495 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10497 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10498 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10499 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10500 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10501 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10502 was built. */
10504 static struct glyph_row *
10505 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10506 struct window *w;
10508 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10509 struct glyph_row *row;
10510 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10511 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10513 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10514 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10515 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10516 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10518 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10519 except in some case. */
10520 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10521 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10522 unchanged. */
10523 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10524 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10525 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10526 continued. */
10527 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10528 && row->continued_p))
10529 row_found = row;
10531 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10532 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10533 break;
10535 ++row;
10538 return row_found;
10542 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10543 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10544 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10545 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10546 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10547 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10548 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10550 static struct glyph_row *
10551 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10552 struct window *w;
10553 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10555 struct glyph_row *row;
10556 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10558 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10560 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10561 is not up to date. */
10562 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10563 abort ();
10565 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10566 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10567 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10568 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10569 return NULL;
10571 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10572 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10574 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10575 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10577 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10578 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10579 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10580 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10581 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10582 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10583 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10584 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10585 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10586 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10588 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10589 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10591 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10592 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10593 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10594 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10595 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10596 position. */
10597 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10598 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10600 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10601 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10602 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10604 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10605 abort ();
10607 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10608 row_found = row;
10612 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10613 abort ();
10615 return row_found;
10619 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10620 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10621 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10622 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10623 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10625 static void
10626 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10627 struct window *w;
10629 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10630 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10632 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10633 must have a frame matrix. */
10634 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10635 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10636 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10638 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10639 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10640 corresponding frame matrix. */
10641 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10642 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10643 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10644 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10646 int area;
10648 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10649 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10651 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10652 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10653 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10654 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10656 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10661 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10662 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10663 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10664 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10666 static struct glyph_row *
10667 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10668 struct window *w;
10669 int charpos;
10670 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10672 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10673 int last_y;
10675 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10676 if (row->mode_line_p)
10677 ++row;
10679 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10680 return NULL;
10682 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10684 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10685 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10686 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10687 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10688 would rather display it in the next line, except
10689 when this line ends in ZV. */
10690 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10691 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10692 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10693 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10694 ++row;
10696 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10697 if ((end && row >= end)
10698 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10699 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10700 row = NULL;
10702 return row;
10706 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10707 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10708 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10710 Value is
10712 1 if display has been updated
10713 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10714 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10716 The following steps are performed:
10718 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10719 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10720 is found, give up.
10722 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10723 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10725 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10726 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10727 the window.
10729 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10731 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10732 display and current matrix as needed.
10734 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10735 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10736 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10737 in smaller font sizes.
10739 7. Update W's window end information. */
10741 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10743 static int
10744 try_window_id (w)
10745 struct window *w;
10747 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10748 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10749 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10750 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10751 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10752 struct glyph_row *row;
10753 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10754 int bottom_vpos;
10755 struct it it;
10756 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10757 struct text_pos start_pos;
10758 struct run run;
10759 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10760 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10761 struct text_pos start;
10763 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10765 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10766 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10767 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10768 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10769 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10771 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10772 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10773 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10774 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10775 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10776 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10777 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10779 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10780 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10781 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10782 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10785 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10786 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10787 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10788 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10789 be adjusted, of course. */
10790 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10791 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10792 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10793 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10794 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10796 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10797 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10799 if (delta)
10801 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10802 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10804 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10805 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10806 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10807 delta, delta_bytes);
10810 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10811 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10812 changed. */
10813 w->window_end_pos
10814 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10815 w->window_end_bytepos
10816 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10817 #endif
10819 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10820 if (row == NULL)
10821 return 0;
10823 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10824 return 1;
10827 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10828 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10829 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10830 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10832 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10833 size has changed. */
10834 w->window_end_pos
10835 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10836 w->window_end_bytepos
10837 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10839 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10840 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10841 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10842 return 2;
10845 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10846 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10847 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10848 comparable. */
10849 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10850 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10851 return 0;
10853 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10854 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10855 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10856 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10857 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10858 first line of window. */
10859 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10860 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10862 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
10863 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
10864 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
10865 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
10866 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10867 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
10868 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10870 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
10871 return 0;
10873 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10874 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10876 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10877 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10878 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10879 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10880 current_matrix);
10881 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10882 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10884 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10886 else
10888 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10889 Start displaying in the first line. */
10890 start_display (&it, w, start);
10891 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10894 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10895 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10896 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10897 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10898 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10899 changes. */
10900 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10901 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10902 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10903 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10905 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10906 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10907 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10908 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10909 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10910 stop_pos = 0;
10911 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10913 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10914 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10916 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10917 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10918 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10919 not displaying text. */
10920 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10921 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10922 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10923 < it.last_visible_y))
10924 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10926 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10927 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10928 >= it.last_visible_y))
10929 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10930 else
10932 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10933 + delta);
10934 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10935 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
10936 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
10939 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
10940 return 0;
10943 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10945 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
10946 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
10947 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
10948 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10949 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
10951 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
10952 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
10953 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
10954 : -1);
10955 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10957 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10960 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
10961 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
10962 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
10963 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10964 last_text_row = NULL;
10965 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10966 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10967 && !fonts_changed_p
10968 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10969 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
10971 if (display_line (&it))
10972 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10975 if (fonts_changed_p)
10976 return -1;
10979 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
10980 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
10981 scroll. */
10982 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10983 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
10984 bottom of the window. */
10985 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10987 dvpos = (it.vpos
10988 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
10989 current_matrix));
10990 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10991 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10992 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
10993 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
10995 else
10997 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
10998 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11000 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11003 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11004 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11005 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11006 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11007 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11008 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11009 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11010 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11011 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11013 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11014 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11015 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11017 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11018 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11019 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11020 if (row)
11021 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11024 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11025 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11027 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11028 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11029 if (row)
11030 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11031 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11034 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11035 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11037 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11038 return -1;
11042 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11044 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11046 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11047 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11048 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11049 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11050 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11052 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11053 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11054 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11055 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11056 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11058 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11059 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11060 return -1;
11064 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11065 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11066 found. */
11067 if (dy && run.height)
11069 update_begin (f);
11071 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11073 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11074 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11075 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11076 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11078 else
11080 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11081 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11082 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11083 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11084 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11085 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11087 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11088 if (dvpos > 0)
11090 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11091 window down dvpos lines. */
11092 set_terminal_window (end);
11094 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11095 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11096 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11097 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11099 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11100 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11101 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11103 else if (dvpos < 0)
11105 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11106 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11107 set_terminal_window (end);
11109 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11110 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11111 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11112 line sequences. */
11113 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11115 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11116 end. */
11117 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11118 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11121 set_terminal_window (0);
11124 update_end (f);
11127 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11128 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11129 text. */
11130 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11131 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11132 if (dvpos < 0)
11134 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11135 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11136 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11137 bottom_vpos, 0);
11139 else if (dvpos > 0)
11141 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11142 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11143 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11144 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11147 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11148 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11149 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11150 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11152 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11153 if (delta)
11154 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11155 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11156 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11158 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11159 if (dy)
11160 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11161 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11162 bottom_vpos, dy);
11164 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11165 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11167 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11168 the window. */
11169 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11170 if (dy < 0)
11172 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11173 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11174 the matrix by dvpos. */
11175 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11176 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11178 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11179 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11181 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11182 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11183 line following it. */
11184 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11186 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11187 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11188 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11190 else
11192 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11193 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11194 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11195 ++last_row;
11198 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11199 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11200 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11201 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11203 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11204 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11205 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11206 && !fonts_changed_p)
11208 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11209 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11210 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11211 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11212 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11213 if (display_line (&it))
11214 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11218 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11219 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11220 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11221 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11223 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11224 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11225 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11226 scrolling. */
11227 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11228 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11229 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11230 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11232 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11233 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11234 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11235 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11237 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11239 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11240 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11241 w->window_end_bytepos
11242 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11243 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11244 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11246 else if (last_text_row)
11248 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11249 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11250 in the desired matrix. */
11251 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11252 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11253 w->window_end_bytepos
11254 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11255 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11256 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11258 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11259 && last_text_row == NULL
11260 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11262 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11263 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11264 int vpos;
11265 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11267 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11268 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11269 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11270 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11271 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11272 break;
11274 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11276 else
11277 abort ();
11279 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11280 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11282 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11283 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11284 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11285 return 3;
11290 /***********************************************************************
11291 More debugging support
11292 ***********************************************************************/
11294 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11296 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11297 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11300 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11302 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11303 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11304 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11306 void
11307 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11308 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11309 int glyphs;
11311 int i;
11312 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11313 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11317 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11318 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11319 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11320 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11322 void
11323 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11324 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11325 int vpos, glyphs;
11327 struct glyph_row *row;
11329 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11330 return;
11332 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11334 if (glyphs != 1)
11336 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFes X Y W H V A P\n");
11337 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11339 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11340 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11341 row - matrix->rows,
11342 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11343 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11344 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11345 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11346 row->enabled_p,
11347 row->inverse_p,
11348 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11349 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11350 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11351 row->continued_p,
11352 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11353 row->displays_text_p,
11354 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11355 row->fill_line_p,
11356 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11357 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11358 row->x,
11359 row->y,
11360 row->pixel_width,
11361 row->height,
11362 row->visible_height,
11363 row->ascent,
11364 row->phys_ascent);
11365 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11366 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11367 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11368 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11369 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11370 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11371 row->end.dpvec_index);
11374 if (glyphs > 1)
11376 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11377 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
11379 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11380 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11382 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11383 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11384 ++glyph_end;
11386 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11388 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11389 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11391 else
11392 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11394 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11396 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11398 fprintf (stderr,
11399 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11400 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11401 'C',
11402 glyph->charpos,
11403 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11404 ? 'B'
11405 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11406 ? 'S'
11407 : '-')),
11408 glyph->pixel_width,
11409 glyph->u.ch,
11410 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11411 ? glyph->u.ch
11412 : '.'),
11413 glyph->face_id,
11414 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11415 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11417 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11419 fprintf (stderr,
11420 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11421 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11422 'S',
11423 glyph->charpos,
11424 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11425 ? 'B'
11426 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11427 ? 'S'
11428 : '-')),
11429 glyph->pixel_width,
11431 '.',
11432 glyph->face_id,
11433 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11434 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11436 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11438 fprintf (stderr,
11439 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11440 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11441 'I',
11442 glyph->charpos,
11443 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11444 ? 'B'
11445 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11446 ? 'S'
11447 : '-')),
11448 glyph->pixel_width,
11449 glyph->u.img_id,
11450 '.',
11451 glyph->face_id,
11452 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11453 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11455 ++glyph;
11458 else if (glyphs == 1)
11460 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[TEXT_AREA] + 1);
11461 int i;
11463 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11465 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
11466 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11467 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11468 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11469 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11470 else
11471 s[i] = '.';
11474 s[i] = '\0';
11475 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11480 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11481 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11482 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11483 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11484 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11485 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11486 (glyphs)
11487 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11489 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11490 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11492 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11493 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11494 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11495 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11496 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11497 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11498 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11499 return Qnil;
11503 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11504 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11505 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11506 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11507 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11508 (row, glyphs)
11509 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11511 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11512 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11513 XINT (row),
11514 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11515 return Qnil;
11519 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
11520 0, 0, "", "")
11523 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11524 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)
11525 ->current_matrix);
11526 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
11527 return Qnil;
11531 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11532 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11533 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11536 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11537 return Qnil;
11541 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11542 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11543 (string)
11544 Lisp_Object string;
11546 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11547 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11548 return Qnil;
11551 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11555 /***********************************************************************
11556 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11557 ***********************************************************************/
11559 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11560 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11562 static struct glyph_row *
11563 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11564 struct window *w;
11566 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11567 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11568 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11569 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11570 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11571 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11572 unsigned char *p;
11573 struct it it;
11574 int multibyte_p;
11575 int n_glyphs_before;
11577 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11578 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11579 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11580 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11582 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11583 p = arrow_string;
11584 while (p < arrow_end)
11586 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11588 /* Get the next character. */
11589 if (multibyte_p)
11590 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11591 else
11592 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11593 p += it.len;
11595 /* Get its face. */
11596 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11597 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11598 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11600 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11601 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11602 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11603 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11605 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11606 to remove some glyphs. */
11607 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11609 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11610 break;
11614 set_buffer_temp (old);
11615 return it.glyph_row;
11619 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11620 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11621 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11622 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11623 produce_special_glyphs. */
11625 static void
11626 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11627 struct it *it;
11629 struct it truncate_it;
11630 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11632 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11634 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11635 truncate_it = *it;
11636 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11637 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11638 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11639 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11640 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11641 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11642 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11644 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11645 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11646 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11647 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11648 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11650 while (from < end)
11651 *to++ = *from++;
11653 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
11654 from = to;
11655 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
11656 ++from;
11657 while (from < toend)
11658 *to++ = *from++;
11660 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11664 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11666 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11667 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11668 structure. This is not the case if
11670 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11671 and max_height will be zero.
11673 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11674 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11675 pixmap extensions).
11677 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11678 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11679 must not be zero. */
11681 static void
11682 compute_line_metrics (it)
11683 struct it *it;
11685 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11686 int area, i;
11688 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11690 int i, header_line_height;
11692 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11693 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11694 computed yet. */
11695 if (row->height == 0)
11697 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11698 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11699 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11700 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11701 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11702 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11705 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11706 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11707 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11708 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11710 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11711 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11713 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11714 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11716 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11717 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11718 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11719 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11720 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11722 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11723 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11726 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11727 row->visible_height = row->height;
11729 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11730 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11731 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11732 else
11734 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11735 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11736 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11739 else
11741 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11742 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11743 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11746 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11747 row->hash = 0;
11748 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11749 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11750 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11751 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11752 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11753 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11754 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11756 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11757 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11761 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11762 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11763 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11764 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11766 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11767 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11768 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11769 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11771 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11772 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11774 static int
11775 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11776 struct it *it;
11777 int default_face_p;
11779 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11781 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11783 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11784 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11786 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11787 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11788 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11789 append_space has been called. */
11790 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11791 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11792 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11793 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11794 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11795 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11796 struct face *face;
11798 saved_object = it->object;
11799 saved_pos = it->position;
11801 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11802 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11803 it->object = make_number (0);
11804 it->c = ' ';
11805 it->len = 1;
11807 if (default_face_p)
11808 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11809 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11810 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11811 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11812 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11814 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11816 it->current_x = saved_x;
11817 it->object = saved_object;
11818 it->position = saved_pos;
11819 it->what = saved_what;
11820 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11821 it->len = saved_len;
11822 it->c = saved_c;
11823 return 1;
11827 return 0;
11831 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11832 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11833 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11834 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11836 static void
11837 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11838 struct it *it;
11840 struct face *face;
11841 struct frame *f = it->f;
11843 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11844 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11845 return;
11847 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11848 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11849 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
11850 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11851 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
11852 else
11853 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11855 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11856 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11857 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11858 && !face->stipple)
11859 return;
11861 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11862 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11863 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11865 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11866 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11867 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11868 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11869 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11871 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11874 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11876 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11877 so that we know which face to draw. */
11878 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11880 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11881 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11882 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11885 else
11887 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11888 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11889 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11890 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11891 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11892 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11894 saved_object = it->object;
11895 saved_pos = it->position;
11897 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11898 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11899 it->object = make_number (0);
11900 it->c = ' ';
11901 it->len = 1;
11902 it->face_id = face->id;
11904 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11906 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11907 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11909 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11910 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11911 it->current_x = saved_x;
11912 it->object = saved_object;
11913 it->position = saved_pos;
11914 it->what = saved_what;
11915 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11920 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
11921 trailing whitespace. */
11923 static int
11924 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
11925 int charpos;
11927 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
11928 int c = 0;
11930 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
11931 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
11932 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
11933 ++bytepos;
11935 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
11937 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
11938 return 1;
11940 return 0;
11944 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
11946 void
11947 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
11948 struct frame *f;
11949 struct glyph_row *row;
11951 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11953 if (used)
11955 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11956 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
11958 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
11959 cursor at the end of a line. */
11960 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11961 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
11962 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
11963 --glyph;
11965 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
11966 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
11967 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
11968 if (glyph >= start
11969 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11970 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11971 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11972 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
11973 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
11975 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
11977 while (glyph >= start
11978 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11979 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11980 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11981 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
11982 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
11988 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
11989 used to hold the cursor. */
11991 static int
11992 cursor_row_p (w, row)
11993 struct window *w;
11994 struct glyph_row *row;
11996 int cursor_row_p = 1;
11998 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12000 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12001 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12002 newline). */
12003 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12004 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12005 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12007 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12008 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12009 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12010 cursor_row_p = 1;
12011 else
12012 cursor_row_p = 0;
12015 return cursor_row_p;
12019 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12020 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12021 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12022 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12023 only. */
12025 static int
12026 display_line (it)
12027 struct it *it;
12029 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12031 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12032 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12034 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12035 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12036 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12038 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12039 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12041 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12042 prepare_desired_row (row);
12044 row->y = it->current_y;
12045 row->start = it->current;
12046 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12047 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12048 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12049 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12051 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12052 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12053 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12054 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12055 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12056 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12058 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12059 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12060 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12061 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12062 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12063 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12065 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12066 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12067 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12068 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12069 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12070 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12072 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12073 character to display. */
12074 while (1)
12076 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12077 int x, i, nglyphs;
12078 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12080 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12081 buffer reached. */
12082 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12084 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12085 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12086 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12087 to -1. */
12088 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12089 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12091 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12092 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12094 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12095 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12098 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12099 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12100 break;
12103 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12104 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12105 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12106 x = it->current_x;
12108 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12109 fit on the line. */
12110 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12112 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12113 descent = it->max_descent;
12114 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12115 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12118 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12120 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12121 the next one. */
12122 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12124 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12125 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12126 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12127 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12128 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12129 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12130 continue;
12133 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12134 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12135 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12136 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12137 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12138 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12139 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12140 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12141 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12142 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12143 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12144 x_before = x;
12146 if (nglyphs == 1
12147 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12149 ++it->hpos;
12150 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12151 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12152 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12153 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12154 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12155 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12156 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12158 else
12160 int new_x;
12161 struct glyph *glyph;
12163 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12165 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12166 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12168 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12169 !it->truncate_lines_p
12170 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12171 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12172 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12173 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12174 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12176 /* End of a continued line. */
12178 if (it->hpos == 0
12179 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12180 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12182 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12183 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12184 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12185 after the glyph. */
12186 row->continued_p = 1;
12187 it->current_x = new_x;
12188 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12189 ++it->hpos;
12190 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12191 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12193 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12194 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12196 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12197 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12198 on the line. */
12199 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12201 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12202 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12203 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12204 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12205 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12207 row->continued_p = 1;
12208 it->current_x = x_before;
12209 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12211 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12212 element not fitting on the line. */
12213 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12214 it->max_descent = descent;
12215 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12216 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12218 else
12220 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12221 the window. Restore positions to values
12222 before the element. The next line starts
12223 with current_x before the glyph that could
12224 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12225 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12227 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12228 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12229 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12230 row->continued_p = 1;
12232 it->current_x = x;
12233 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12234 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12236 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12237 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12240 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12241 element not fitting on the line. */
12242 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12243 it->max_descent = descent;
12244 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12245 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12248 break;
12250 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12252 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12253 ++it->hpos;
12255 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12256 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12257 negative X position. */
12258 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12260 else
12262 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12263 window. This should not happen because of the
12264 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12265 this function. */
12266 abort ();
12270 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12271 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12272 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12273 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12274 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12276 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12277 if (row->continued_p)
12278 break;
12281 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12282 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12283 margin of the window. */
12284 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12286 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12288 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12289 display the cursor there. */
12290 append_space (it, 0);
12292 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12293 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12295 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12296 if (used_before == 0)
12297 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12299 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12300 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12301 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12302 break;
12305 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12306 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12307 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12309 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12310 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12311 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12312 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12313 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12314 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12316 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12317 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12319 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12320 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12323 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12324 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12325 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12326 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12327 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12328 it->current_x = x_before;
12329 break;
12333 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12334 at the left window margin. */
12335 if (it->first_visible_x
12336 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12338 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12339 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12340 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12343 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12344 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12345 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12346 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12347 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12348 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12349 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12350 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12351 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12352 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12354 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12355 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12357 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12358 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12359 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12360 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12361 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12363 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12364 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12365 *p++ = *glyph++;
12367 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12368 p2 = p;
12369 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12370 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12371 ++p2;
12372 if (p2 > p)
12374 while (p2 < end)
12375 *p++ = *p2++;
12376 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12380 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12381 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12384 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12385 compute_line_metrics (it);
12387 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12388 row->end = it->current;
12390 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12391 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12392 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12393 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12394 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12395 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12397 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12398 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12399 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12401 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12402 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12403 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12404 row to be used. */
12405 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12406 it->current_y += row->height;
12407 ++it->vpos;
12408 ++it->glyph_row;
12409 return row->displays_text_p;
12414 /***********************************************************************
12415 Menu Bar
12416 ***********************************************************************/
12418 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12420 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12421 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12423 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12424 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12425 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12426 for the menu bar. */
12428 static void
12429 display_menu_bar (w)
12430 struct window *w;
12432 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12433 struct it it;
12434 Lisp_Object items;
12435 int i;
12437 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12438 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12439 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12440 return;
12441 #endif
12442 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12443 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12444 return;
12445 #endif
12446 #ifdef macintosh
12447 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12448 return;
12449 #endif
12451 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12452 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12453 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12454 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12455 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12456 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12457 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12459 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12460 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12461 struct window *menu_w;
12462 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12463 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12464 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12465 MENU_FACE_ID);
12466 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12467 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12469 else
12471 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12472 pixel x/y. */
12473 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12474 MENU_FACE_ID);
12475 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12476 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12478 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12480 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12481 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12482 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12484 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12485 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12487 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12488 clear_glyph_row (row);
12489 row->enabled_p = 1;
12490 row->full_width_p = 1;
12493 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12494 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12495 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12497 Lisp_Object string;
12499 /* Stop at nil string. */
12500 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12501 if (NILP (string))
12502 break;
12504 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12505 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12507 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12508 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12509 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12510 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12513 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12514 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12515 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12517 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12518 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12523 /***********************************************************************
12524 Mode Line
12525 ***********************************************************************/
12527 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12528 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12529 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12530 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12532 static int
12533 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12534 Lisp_Object window;
12535 int force;
12537 int nwindows = 0;
12539 while (!NILP (window))
12541 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12543 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12544 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12545 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12546 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12547 else if (force
12548 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12549 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12551 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12552 struct text_pos lpoint;
12553 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12555 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12556 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12557 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12559 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12560 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12561 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12563 struct text_pos pt;
12565 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12566 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12567 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12568 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12569 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12570 else
12571 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12574 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12575 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12576 selected_frame = w->frame;
12578 /* Display mode lines. */
12579 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12580 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12582 ++nwindows;
12583 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12586 /* Restore old settings. */
12587 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12588 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12589 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12592 window = w->next;
12595 return nwindows;
12599 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12600 of mode lines displayed. */
12602 static int
12603 display_mode_lines (w)
12604 struct window *w;
12606 int n = 0;
12608 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12609 line_number_displayed = 0;
12610 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12612 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12614 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12615 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12616 ++n;
12619 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12621 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12622 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12623 ++n;
12626 return n;
12630 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12631 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12632 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12633 height of the mode line displayed. */
12635 static int
12636 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12637 struct window *w;
12638 enum face_id face_id;
12639 Lisp_Object format;
12641 struct it it;
12642 struct face *face;
12644 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12645 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12647 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12648 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12649 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12651 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12652 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12653 values. */
12654 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12655 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12656 pop_frame_kboard ();
12658 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12659 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12661 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12662 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12663 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12664 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12665 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12666 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12667 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12669 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12670 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12671 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12672 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12674 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12675 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12676 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12679 return it.glyph_row->height;
12683 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12684 translates into text depends on its data type.
12686 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12688 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12689 infinite recursion here.
12691 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12692 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12693 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12694 display_string for details. *
12696 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12698 static int
12699 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12700 struct it *it;
12701 int depth;
12702 int field_width, precision;
12703 Lisp_Object elt;
12705 int n = 0, field, prec;
12707 tail_recurse:
12708 if (depth > 10)
12709 goto invalid;
12711 depth++;
12713 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12715 case Lisp_String:
12717 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12718 unsigned char c;
12719 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12720 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12722 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12723 && *this
12724 && (frame_title_ptr
12725 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12727 unsigned char *last = this;
12729 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12730 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12733 if (this - 1 != last)
12735 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12736 is length of string. Don't output more than
12737 PRECISION allows us. */
12738 prec = --this - last;
12739 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12740 prec = precision - n;
12742 if (frame_title_ptr)
12743 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
12744 else
12745 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12746 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12748 else /* c == '%' */
12750 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12752 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12753 don't pad. */
12754 field = 0;
12755 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12756 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12758 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12759 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12760 field = field_width - n;
12762 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12763 prec = precision - n;
12765 if (c == 'M')
12766 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12767 Vglobal_mode_string);
12768 else if (c != 0)
12770 unsigned char *spec
12771 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12773 if (frame_title_ptr)
12774 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12775 else
12777 int nglyphs_before
12778 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12779 int charpos
12780 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12781 int nwritten
12782 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12783 field, prec, 0, -1);
12785 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12786 string where the `%x' came from, position
12787 of the `%'. */
12788 if (nwritten > 0)
12790 struct glyph *glyph
12791 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12792 + nglyphs_before);
12793 int i;
12795 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12797 glyph[i].object = elt;
12798 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12801 n += nwritten;
12808 break;
12810 case Lisp_Symbol:
12811 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12812 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12813 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12814 literally. */
12816 register Lisp_Object tem;
12817 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12818 if (!NILP (tem))
12820 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12821 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12822 don't check for % within it. */
12823 if (STRINGP (tem))
12825 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
12826 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12827 prec = precision - n;
12828 if (frame_title_ptr)
12829 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12830 else
12831 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12832 0, prec, 0, -1);
12834 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12836 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12837 elt = tem;
12838 goto tail_recurse;
12842 break;
12844 case Lisp_Cons:
12846 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12848 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12849 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12850 and effectively concatenate them.
12851 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12852 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12853 to at least that many characters.
12854 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12855 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12856 car = XCAR (elt);
12857 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12859 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12860 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12861 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12862 Lisp_Object spec;
12864 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12865 GCPRO1 (spec);
12866 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12867 precision - n, spec);
12868 UNGCPRO;
12870 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12872 tem = Fboundp (car);
12873 elt = XCDR (elt);
12874 if (!CONSP (elt))
12875 goto invalid;
12876 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12877 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12878 if (!NILP (tem))
12880 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12881 if (!NILP (tem))
12883 elt = XCAR (elt);
12884 goto tail_recurse;
12887 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12888 Get the cddr of the original list
12889 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12890 elt = XCDR (elt);
12891 if (NILP (elt))
12892 break;
12893 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12894 goto invalid;
12895 elt = XCAR (elt);
12896 goto tail_recurse;
12898 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12900 register int lim = XINT (car);
12901 elt = XCDR (elt);
12902 if (lim < 0)
12904 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
12905 if (precision <= 0)
12906 precision = -lim;
12907 else
12908 precision = min (precision, -lim);
12910 else if (lim > 0)
12912 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
12913 current maximum. */
12914 if (precision > 0)
12915 lim = min (precision, lim);
12917 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
12918 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
12919 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
12920 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
12922 goto tail_recurse;
12924 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
12926 register int limit = 50;
12927 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
12928 while (CONSP (elt)
12929 && --limit > 0
12930 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
12932 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12933 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
12934 elt = XCDR (elt);
12938 break;
12940 default:
12941 invalid:
12942 if (frame_title_ptr)
12943 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
12944 else
12945 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
12946 precision - n, 0, 0);
12947 return n;
12950 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
12951 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
12953 if (frame_title_ptr)
12954 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
12955 else
12956 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
12957 0, 0, 0);
12960 return n;
12964 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
12965 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
12967 static void
12968 pint2str (buf, width, d)
12969 register char *buf;
12970 register int width;
12971 register int d;
12973 register char *p = buf;
12975 if (d <= 0)
12976 *p++ = '0';
12977 else
12979 while (d > 0)
12981 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
12982 d /= 10;
12986 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
12987 *p++ = ' ';
12988 *p-- = '\0';
12989 while (p > buf)
12991 d = *buf;
12992 *buf++ = *p;
12993 *p-- = d;
12997 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
12998 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
12999 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
13001 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
13003 static char *
13004 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
13005 Lisp_Object coding_system;
13006 register char *buf;
13007 int eol_flag;
13009 Lisp_Object val;
13010 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13011 unsigned char *eol_str;
13012 int eol_str_len;
13013 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13014 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13016 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13017 eoltype = Qnil;
13019 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13021 if (multibyte)
13022 *buf++ = '-';
13023 if (eol_flag)
13024 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13025 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13027 else
13029 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13031 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13033 if (multibyte)
13034 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
13036 if (eol_flag)
13038 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13040 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13041 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13042 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13043 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13044 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13045 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13046 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13047 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13048 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13052 if (eol_flag)
13054 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13055 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13057 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13058 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13060 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13061 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13063 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13064 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13066 else
13068 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13069 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13071 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13072 buf += eol_str_len;
13075 return buf;
13078 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13079 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13080 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13081 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13083 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13085 static char *
13086 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13087 struct window *w;
13088 register int c;
13089 int field_width, precision;
13091 Lisp_Object obj;
13092 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13093 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13094 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13096 obj = Qnil;
13098 switch (c)
13100 case '*':
13101 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13102 return "%";
13103 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13104 return "*";
13105 return "-";
13107 case '+':
13108 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13109 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13110 return "*";
13111 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13112 return "%";
13113 return "-";
13115 case '&':
13116 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13117 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13118 return "*";
13119 return "-";
13121 case '%':
13122 return "%";
13124 case '[':
13126 int i;
13127 char *p;
13129 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13130 return "[[[... ";
13131 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13132 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13133 *p++ = '[';
13134 *p = 0;
13135 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13138 case ']':
13140 int i;
13141 char *p;
13143 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13144 return " ...]]]";
13145 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13146 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13147 *p++ = ']';
13148 *p = 0;
13149 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13152 case '-':
13154 register int i;
13156 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13157 if (field_width <= 0
13158 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13160 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13161 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13162 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13163 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13165 else
13166 return lots_of_dashes;
13169 case 'b':
13170 obj = b->name;
13171 break;
13173 case 'c':
13175 int col = current_column ();
13176 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13177 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13178 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13181 case 'F':
13182 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13183 if (!NILP (f->title))
13184 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13185 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13186 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13187 return "Emacs";
13189 case 'f':
13190 obj = b->filename;
13191 break;
13193 case 'l':
13195 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13196 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13197 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13198 int nlines, junk;
13199 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13201 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13202 don't forget that too fast. */
13203 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13204 goto no_value;
13205 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13206 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13207 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13209 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13210 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13211 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13213 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13214 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13215 goto no_value;
13218 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13219 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13220 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13222 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13223 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13224 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13226 else
13228 line = 1;
13229 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13230 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13233 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13234 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13235 startpos_byte,
13236 startpos, &junk);
13238 topline = nlines + line;
13240 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13241 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13242 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13243 go back past it. */
13244 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13246 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13247 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13249 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13250 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13252 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13253 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13254 int position;
13255 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13257 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13259 limit = startpos - distance;
13260 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13263 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13264 limit_byte,
13265 - (height * 2 + 30),
13266 &position);
13267 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13268 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13269 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13270 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13272 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13273 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13274 goto no_value;
13277 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13278 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13281 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13282 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13283 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13285 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13286 line_number_displayed = 1;
13288 /* Make the string to show. */
13289 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13290 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13291 no_value:
13293 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13294 int pad = field_width - 2;
13295 while (pad-- > 0)
13296 *p++ = ' ';
13297 *p++ = '?';
13298 *p++ = '?';
13299 *p = '\0';
13300 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13303 break;
13305 case 'm':
13306 obj = b->mode_name;
13307 break;
13309 case 'n':
13310 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13311 return " Narrow";
13312 break;
13314 case 'p':
13316 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13317 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13319 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13321 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13322 return "All";
13323 else
13324 return "Bottom";
13326 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13327 return "Top";
13328 else
13330 if (total > 1000000)
13331 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13332 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13333 else
13334 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13335 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13336 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13337 if (total == 100)
13338 total = 99;
13339 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13340 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13344 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13345 case 'P':
13347 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13348 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13349 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13351 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13353 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13354 return "All";
13355 else
13356 return "Bottom";
13358 else
13360 if (total > 1000000)
13361 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13362 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13363 else
13364 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13365 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13366 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13367 if (total == 100)
13368 total = 99;
13369 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13370 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13371 else
13372 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13373 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13377 case 's':
13378 /* status of process */
13379 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13380 if (NILP (obj))
13381 return "no process";
13382 #ifdef subprocesses
13383 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13384 #endif
13385 break;
13387 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13388 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13389 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13390 #else
13391 return "T";
13392 #endif
13394 case 'z':
13395 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13396 case 'Z':
13397 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13399 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13400 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13402 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13404 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13405 to do EOL conversion. */
13406 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13407 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13409 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13410 p, eol_flag);
13412 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13413 #ifdef subprocesses
13414 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13415 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13417 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13418 p, eol_flag);
13419 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13420 p, eol_flag);
13422 #endif /* subprocesses */
13423 #endif /* 0 */
13424 *p = 0;
13425 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13429 if (STRINGP (obj))
13430 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13431 else
13432 return "";
13436 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13437 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13438 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13440 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13442 static int
13443 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13444 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13445 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13447 register unsigned char *cursor;
13448 unsigned char *base;
13450 register int ceiling;
13451 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13452 int orig_count = count;
13454 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13455 check only for newlines. */
13456 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13457 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13459 if (count > 0)
13461 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13463 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13464 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13465 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13466 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13467 while (1)
13469 if (selective_display)
13470 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13472 else
13473 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13476 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13478 if (--count == 0)
13480 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13481 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13482 return orig_count;
13484 else
13485 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13486 break;
13488 else
13489 break;
13491 start_byte += cursor - base;
13494 else
13496 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13498 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13499 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13500 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13501 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13502 while (1)
13504 if (selective_display)
13505 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13506 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13508 else
13509 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13512 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13514 if (++count == 0)
13516 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13517 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13518 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13519 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13520 return - orig_count - 1;
13523 else
13524 break;
13526 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13527 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13528 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13532 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13534 if (count < 0)
13535 return - orig_count + count;
13536 return orig_count - count;
13542 /***********************************************************************
13543 Displaying strings
13544 ***********************************************************************/
13546 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13548 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13549 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13551 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13552 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13553 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13555 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13556 standard display table, temporarily.
13558 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13559 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13560 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13561 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13563 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13564 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13566 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13568 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13569 ----------------------------------------
13570 -1 -1 %s
13571 -1 10 %.10s
13572 10 -1 %10s
13573 20 10 %20.10s
13575 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13576 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13577 enable_multibyte_characters.
13579 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13581 static int
13582 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13583 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13584 unsigned char *string;
13585 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13586 Lisp_Object face_string;
13587 int face_string_pos;
13588 int start;
13589 struct it *it;
13590 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13591 int multibyte;
13593 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13594 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13595 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13597 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13598 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13599 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13600 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13601 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13602 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13604 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13605 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13606 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13608 int endptr;
13609 struct face *face;
13611 it->face_id
13612 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13613 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13614 it->region_end_charpos,
13615 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13616 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13617 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13620 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13621 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13622 if (max_x <= 0)
13623 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13624 else
13625 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13627 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13628 hscrolled. */
13629 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13630 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13631 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13633 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13634 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13635 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13636 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13638 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13639 past last_visible_x. */
13640 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13642 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13644 /* Get the next display element. */
13645 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13646 break;
13648 /* Produce glyphs. */
13649 x_before = it->current_x;
13650 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13651 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13653 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13654 i = 0;
13655 x = x_before;
13656 while (i < nglyphs)
13658 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13660 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13661 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13663 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13664 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13665 it->current_x = x;
13666 break;
13668 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13670 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13671 ++it->hpos;
13672 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13673 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13675 else
13677 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13678 Should not happen. */
13679 abort ();
13682 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13683 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13684 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13685 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13686 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13687 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13688 ++i;
13691 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13692 if (i < nglyphs)
13693 break;
13695 /* Stop at line ends. */
13696 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13698 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13699 break;
13702 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13704 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13705 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13706 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13708 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13709 truncated at a padding space. */
13710 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13712 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13713 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13714 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13716 break;
13720 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13721 if (it->first_visible_x
13722 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13724 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13725 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13726 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13729 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13731 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13732 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13737 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13738 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13739 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13740 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13741 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13744 invisible_p (propval, list)
13745 register Lisp_Object propval;
13746 Lisp_Object list;
13748 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13750 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13752 register Lisp_Object tem;
13753 tem = XCAR (tail);
13754 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13755 return 1;
13756 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13757 return 1;
13760 if (CONSP (propval))
13762 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13764 Lisp_Object propelt;
13765 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13766 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13768 register Lisp_Object tem;
13769 tem = XCAR (tail);
13770 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13771 return 1;
13772 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13773 return 1;
13778 return 0;
13782 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13783 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13784 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13785 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13786 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13789 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13790 register Lisp_Object propval;
13791 Lisp_Object list;
13793 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13795 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13797 register Lisp_Object tem;
13798 tem = XCAR (tail);
13799 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13800 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13803 if (CONSP (propval))
13804 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13806 Lisp_Object propelt;
13807 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13808 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13810 register Lisp_Object tem;
13811 tem = XCAR (tail);
13812 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13813 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13817 return 0;
13822 /***********************************************************************
13823 Initialization
13824 ***********************************************************************/
13826 void
13827 syms_of_xdisp ()
13829 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13830 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13832 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13833 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13835 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13836 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13838 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13839 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13840 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13841 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13842 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13843 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13844 #endif
13846 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13847 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13849 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13850 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13852 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13853 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13855 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13856 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13858 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13859 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13861 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13862 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13864 QCdata = intern (":data");
13865 staticpro (&QCdata);
13866 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13867 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13868 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13869 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13870 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13871 staticpro (&Qraise);
13872 Qspace = intern ("space");
13873 staticpro (&Qspace);
13874 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13875 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13876 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13877 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
13878 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
13879 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
13880 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
13881 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
13882 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
13883 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
13884 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
13885 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
13886 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
13887 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
13888 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
13889 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
13890 QCeval = intern (":eval");
13891 staticpro (&QCeval);
13892 Qwhen = intern ("when");
13893 staticpro (&Qwhen);
13894 QCfile = intern (":file");
13895 staticpro (&QCfile);
13896 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
13897 staticpro (&Qfontified);
13898 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
13899 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
13900 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
13901 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
13902 Qimage = intern ("image");
13903 staticpro (&Qimage);
13904 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
13905 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
13906 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
13907 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
13909 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
13910 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
13911 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
13912 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
13914 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13915 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
13916 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
13918 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13919 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
13920 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
13922 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
13923 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
13925 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
13926 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
13927 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
13928 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
13930 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
13931 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
13932 This is used for internal purposes.");
13933 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
13935 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
13936 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
13937 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
13939 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
13940 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
13941 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
13942 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
13943 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
13945 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
13946 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
13947 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
13949 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
13950 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
13951 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
13952 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
13953 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
13954 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
13956 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
13957 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
13958 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
13959 in the window.");
13960 scroll_conservatively = 0;
13962 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
13963 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
13964 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
13965 of the top or bottom of the window.");
13966 scroll_margin = 0;
13968 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13969 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
13970 #endif
13972 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
13973 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
13974 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
13975 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
13977 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
13978 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
13979 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
13980 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
13982 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
13983 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
13985 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
13986 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
13987 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
13988 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
13989 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
13991 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
13992 &line_number_display_limit_width,
13993 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
13994 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
13995 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
13996 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
13998 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
13999 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
14000 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
14002 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
14003 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
14004 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
14005 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
14006 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
14008 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
14009 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
14010 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14011 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14012 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14013 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14014 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14015 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14016 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14017 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14018 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14019 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14020 Vicon_title_format
14021 = Vframe_title_format
14022 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14023 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14024 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14025 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14026 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14027 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14028 Qnil)))),
14029 Qnil)));
14031 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14032 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14033 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14034 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14035 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14037 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14038 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14039 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14040 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14041 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14042 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14043 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14045 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14046 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14047 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14048 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14049 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14050 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14052 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14053 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14054 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14055 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14056 otherwise.");
14057 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14059 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14060 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14061 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14063 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
14064 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
14065 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
14067 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14068 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14069 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
14071 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14072 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14073 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14074 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14075 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14076 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14077 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14078 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14080 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14081 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14082 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14083 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14084 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14085 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14086 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14087 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14089 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14090 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14091 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14092 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14093 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14095 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14096 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14097 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14098 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14099 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14100 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14101 go back to their normal size.");
14102 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14104 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14105 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14106 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14107 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14108 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14110 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14111 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14112 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14114 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14115 "List of supported image types.\n\
14116 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14117 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14119 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14120 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14121 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14122 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14124 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14125 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14126 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14127 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14131 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14133 void
14134 init_xdisp ()
14136 Lisp_Object root_window;
14137 struct window *mini_w;
14139 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14141 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14143 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14144 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14146 if (!noninteractive)
14148 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14149 int i;
14151 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14152 set_window_height (root_window,
14153 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14155 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14156 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14158 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14159 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14161 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14162 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14163 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14165 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14166 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14167 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14170 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14172 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14173 int size = 100;
14174 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14175 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14176 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14178 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14180 help_echo_showing_p = 0;